Quarterlytics / Financial Services / BSP Financial Group Limited

BSP Financial Group Limited

bfl · ASX Financial Services
Claim this profile
Ticker bfl
Exchange ASX
Sector Financial Services
Industry
Employees 1001-5000
← All annual reports
FY2023 Annual Report · BSP Financial Group Limited
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
Our Bank. Our People.

Annual
Report
2023

ANNUAL REPORT 2023

Contents

Overview

2023 Highlights 

Message from the Chairman and CEO 

Our Business 

Our Vision, Mission and Core Values 

Performance Review

Financial Performance 

Our Community 

Our People 

Our Customers 

Our Risk Management Framework 

Corporate Governance Statement

Board of Directors 

Executive Team 

Corporate Governance Framework 

Board Governance 

Board Committees 

Risk Management and Compliance 

Assurance and Control  

Culture and Conduct  

Continuous Disclosure 

Commitment to Shareholders 

In this Annual Report, a reference to ‘BSP’, ‘BSP Group’, ‘the Bank’, ‘the Company’, ‘the Group’, ‘our’, ‘us’, and ‘we’ is to BSP Financial Group Limited
ARBN: 649704656 and its subsidiaries unless it clearly means just BSP Financial Group Limited. BSP’s Corporate Governance Statement is available on the 
company’s website:   www.bsp.com.pg/investor-relations/corporate-governance/

APRA Disclaimer:
BSP is not authorised under the Banking Act 1959 (Commonwealth of Australia) and is not supervised by the Australian Prudential Regulation 
Authority (APRA). BSP’s products are not covered by the depositor protection provisions in section 13A of the Banking Act 1959 and will not be 
covered by the financial claims scheme under Division 2AA of the Banking Act 1959.

Compliance with ASX and PNGX Corporate Governance Recommendations 

Remuneration Report  

Financial Statements  

Shareholder Information 

Honouring the Legacy 

Corporate Directory 

4

6

8

9

10

20

22

24

27

32

36

38

39

44

47

48

50

52

52

53

54

64

132

142

143

22

33

OVERVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCE STATEMENTFINANCIALSTATEMENTSPERFORMANCE REVIEWREMUNERATION REPORTSHAREHOLDERINFORMATION2023
Highlights

FINANCIAL

OPERATIONAL

K890m

Statutory NPAT 

-18%

K2.8b

Total Income

8%

K37.0b

Total Assets

10%

K16.7b

Gross Loans

12%

K1.43

FY23 Full Year Dividend

-18%

38.5%

Cost to Income Ratio

+50bps

24.4%

Capital Adequacy

-70bps

21.5%

Return on equity

-610bps

1   Measures representation at Executive and Senior Management level.
2     Staff count as at 31st December 2023.
3     Approved investments over three years to upgrade our operational and technological capabilities. 
4    Active branch count as at 31st December 2023.

41%

Women in Leadership 1

4.6k

Employed Staff 2

3.3m

Customer Accounts

6.2k

Shareholders

K345m

Capital Investments 3

120+

Branch Network 4

300+

Agent Network

4

5

OVERVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCE STATEMENTFINANCIALSTATEMENTSPERFORMANCE REVIEWREMUNERATION REPORTSHAREHOLDERINFORMATIONANNUAL REPORT 2023Message from  
the Chairman & CEO

Earlier this year, we both commenced 
our new roles at BSP. Our reflections 
and highlights for 2023 are overall very 
positive. This can largely be attributed to 
the great support from our customers, 
shareholders and employees across all 
the countries in which we operate.

We inherited the leadership of a well-
run institution that is the largest bank 
in the South Pacific. The team at BSP 
was well placed to deal with the impact 
in our region of global volatility, rising 
interest rates and inflation and, closer to 
home, the implementation of a new core 
banking system.

Against this backdrop we delivered 
a well-balanced result, with revenue 
growth across all key business lines of 
the Group totaling 8%.  Our operating 
expense grew 10% for the year, which 
was anticipated given the increased 
investment in technology.  This increase 
in revenue and expenses delivered 
underlying profit growth of 8%, to K1.7 
billion.  Nevertheless, BSP’s statutory 
net profit after tax (NPAT) declined by 
18%, due largely to a K209m negative 
impact on NPAT from the increase in the 
Papua New Guinea company income tax 
rate from 2023.

efficiencies, an enhanced customer 
experience, and entrenching our already 
leading position in banking in the region 
across 2024 and beyond from this K500 
million investment. 

After some initial system challenges, 
we are pleased to note that our 
monthly digital and EFTPOS terminal 
transactions grew by double-digits in 
2023.  This is the result of our efforts to 
migrate customers to digital channels 
that best meet their needs.  We continue 
to invest in our digital offerings, as 
well as new offerings that will provide 
our customers with banking services 
comparable to leading offerings in other 
competitive markets.

Strategy 

To maintain our market leading position 
in the South Pacific, we are investing 
now to lay the foundation for growth, 
with the following areas of focus: 

•  Delivering an exceptional customer 

• 

experience;
Significant investments in risk and 
compliance; and

•  Realising the ongoing benefits of our 

new core banking system. 

Technology and digital uplift 

Our customers and their banking 
needs remain the key focus for BSP.  
The Group’s investment in our new 
core banking system in Papua New 
Guinea was a pivotal milestone for 
the bank.  We not only replaced our 
legacy systems, but modernised our 
technology architecture, which has 
enabled us to more effectively cater to 
the needs of our customers.  We thank 
our PNG customers for their patience 
during our 2023 implementation.  We 
are committed to delivering operational 

In short, our ultimate objective is for 
our bank to offer “world class” services 
in our region.  Consequently, we have 
embarked on a program to invest in 
key enablers of our strategy, including 
new investments to deepen customer 
relationships right across the Group.  

Our investment in technology will 
enable us to use data more effectively 
to better understand customer needs 
and manage risks.  Some of the actions 
we have taken have already resulted in 
positive outcomes, for example in our 
ability to pre-approve loans originated 

via digital channels.  We have also 
significantly reduced branch waiting 
times in the second half of 2023, and set 
up dedicated business banking centres 
in key urban locations to support our 
customers.

We have also partnered with the PNG 
government to leverage its business loan 
program, which it has made available on 
favourable terms to small businesses in 
the country to help stimulate economic 
growth.

One of our key strategic priorities also 
involves a substantial step up in activity 
to support the development of our 
people at BSP, including by investing in 
our new “BSP Academy”.

Board renewal 

We were pleased to announce the 
appointment of Ian Tarutia to the BSP 
Board in April 2023.  Ian held senior 
executive roles within the superannuation 
industry, with more than 30 years at 
Nasfund Limited, most recently as its Chief 
Executive Officer.

Ian’s appointment followed the retirement 
of the late Sir Kostas Constantinou, OBE 
as Chairman.  Sir Kostas joined as a 
Director of BSP in 2009 and was appointed 
Chairman of the Board in 2011.  During 
his tenure as Chairman, BSP achieved 
many significant milestones including the 
expansion of BSP’s banking operations 
through acquisitions in several Pacific 
countries, as well as BSP’s dual listing on 
the Australian Securities Exchange (ASX) 
in 2021.  On behalf of the BSP Board and 
all shareholders, we recognise the late Sir 
Kostas for his significant contributions in 
this period.

The BSP Board will continue to uphold its 
high standard of governance to ensure the 
delivery of our strategic priorities. 

Strong operating results, capital and 
dividends 

The improvement in the Bank’s 2023 
operating performance noted earlier, 
was achieved with the cost to income 
ratio increasing marginally to 38.5% 
and the net interest margin remaining 
relatively stable.   We continue to 
prudently grow our balance sheet, with 
total assets increasing by 9.5% to K37 
billion, supported by a robust 12% 
growth in net lending.  BSP has also 
grown significantly stronger, holding 
more than twice as much Tier 1 capital 
and total assets as we did a decade 
ago.  This strength is a key source of 
competitive advantage for BSP, giving 
us the financial capacity and confidence 
to invest for our customers and our 
shareholders.  It also gives us the ability 
to cushion the impact of economic 
challenges, which inevitably emerge 
from time to time in our markets.  In 
light of the above financial results, we 
declared a final dividend of K1.06 for 

2023, bringing our full year dividend to 
K1.43.  The 18% dividend reduction 
is on account of the reduction in net 
profit resulting from the increase in the 
company tax rate in 2023.  

Outlook

The fundamentals of our South Pacific 
economies are improving with strong 
growth in 2023 and this trend is expected 
to continue in 2024, right across the 
region.

Business investment in PNG is also 
increasing as PNG is entering an 
investment “super-cycle”, with “mega-
projects” of over K100 billion either being 
renewed, or in the pipeline. 

Given this favourable economic setting, 
we are confident BSP has the talented 
people and financial strength to execute 
our strategy effectively. We have a robust 
investment programme underway, as we 
maintain a prudent balance sheet, and 

Left to Right: 
Robert Bradshaw and Mark Robinson 

disciplined risk management, to support 
development in our region and deliver on 
our goal to offer “world class” services.

Finally, on behalf of the Board and 
management, we would like to thank 
you for your ongoing support as 
shareholders.  We also thank BSP’s 
4,600 employees for your hard work and 
commitment to serving our customers.

Mr Robert G. Bradshaw
Chairman

Mr Mark T. Robinson
Group Chief Executive Officer and 
Managing Director

6

7

OVERVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCE STATEMENTFINANCIALSTATEMENTSPERFORMANCE REVIEWREMUNERATION REPORTSHAREHOLDERINFORMATIONANNUAL REPORT 2023 
Our 
Business

Our Vision, Mission 
and Core Values

Our vision
To be the leading financial services provider in our chosen 
markets, helping customers, staff, shareholders and 
communities prosper.

Our mission
To create value for our stakeholders, by delivering innovative 
and cost effective financial services.

Our Values

Integrity
We are honest, committed, trustworthy and reliable in our 
dealings with our customers and each other.

Leadership
We inspire, we change and we live our values, and lead by 
example.

People
We respect and value our people and our customers.

Quality
We are committed to excellence whilst striving for 
continuous improvement in our products and services. 

Teamwork
We work with and for each other, we progress together.

Community
We respect, value and support the communities in which we 
operate.

Professionalism
We commit ourselves to continual self-development to 
achieve standards of excellence in our performance.

BSP provides a range of financial 
services in PNG, Fiji, Solomon Islands, 
Samoa, Tonga, Cook Islands and 
Vanuatu.  BSP serves both retail and 
corporate customers through its banking 
operations, and provides non-banking 
services, such as life insurance and 
funds management.

Our bank was established in 1957 in 
Port Moresby, as a branch of National 
Australia Bank that was subsequently 
renamed to BSP upon its sale.  In 2001, 
BSP purchased the state owned Papua 
New Guinea Banking Corporation to 

create the largest Bank in PNG, and 
listed on the PNGX a few years later 
in 2003. Other acquisitions followed, 
including CBA’s Colonial Bank in Fiji and 
a number of Westpac businesses across 
the South Pacific.  We listed on the ASX 
in 2021 and trade under the ticker “BFL”.

We have grown to be the largest financial 
services company in the South Pacific.  
Consequently, we have the strength 
and size to cushion the impacts of the 
challenges we face from time to time, but 
our position also allows us to be a strong 

advocate and partner for important 
economic developments in the South 
Pacific to the benefit of our communities, 
as well as our shareholders.

Collectively, the Group’s 4,600 
employees serve our over 3 million 
customers from across the South 
Pacific.  BSP remains the largest South 
Pacific bank, with the most extensive 
distribution network.  Our branch 
network is complemented by a large 
electronic banking system that meets the 
banking needs of our customers.

Lending Market Share

Deposit Market Share

PNG

Solomon 
Islands

Cook 
Islands

Tonga

Samoa

Fiji

Vanuatu

#1

#1

#2

#1

#1

#1

#4

44.0%

35.5%

29.2%

35.2%

26.6%

12.6%

65.6%

PNG

#1

64.9%

55.0%

50.6%

44.5%

39.9%

Solomon 
Islands

Cook 
Islands

Tonga

Samoa

Fiji

Vanuatu

#1

#1

#1

#1

#1

#4

23.8%

14.7%

Net Operating Income

Net Profit After Income Tax

K2,822m 
Total Group 
operating income

PNG Bank 
74%

Pacific Markets 
22%

Non-Bank Entities 
4%

K890m 
Group NPAT

PNG Bank 
61%

Pacific Markets 
31%

Non-Bank Entities 
8%

8

9

OVERVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCE STATEMENTFINANCIALSTATEMENTSPERFORMANCE REVIEWREMUNERATION REPORTSHAREHOLDERINFORMATIONANNUAL REPORT 2023 
 
 
Financial 
Performance

Overview

BSP’s excellent operating performance is 
underpinned by strong lending, deposit and 
payments fundamentals delivering revenue 
growth across all Group key business lines.  At 
the same time, we continue to invest in growth 
enablers, such as technology and people, to 
maintain our competitive position and offer world 
class services.  

DIVIDEND

K1.43

-18%

Per share, full year

The Board declared a final dividend of K1.06, 
bringing our full year dividend to K1.43.  The 18% 
reduction is mainly on account of the increase in the 
company tax rate in 2023.

NET PROFIT AFTER TAX

Statutory NPAT

K890m
-18%

on FY22

Statutory profit fell 18% from FY22, owing to an increase 
in loan impairments, following the reversal of COVID-19 
provisions in the prior two years, and the significantly higher 
company tax rate (45%).

Underlying NPAT

K1,099m1
-4%

on FY22

Underlying profit remained relatively stable, easing by 4%, 
after excluding all material changes to our tax obligations.

1 Underlying NPAT excludes tax expense of K209m, 
impacted by change in company income tax rate to 45%

LOAN IMPAIRMENT AND PROVISIONS

Impairment expenses

K182m
+188m

on FY22

Provisions to loans

4.3%

no change on FY22

An increase in loan impairments in 2023, following  the reversal of provisions in the prior two years.

NET INTEREST MARGIN (NIM)

CAPITAL ADEQUACY

5.65%
-30bps

on FY22

24.4%
-70bps

on FY22

With the exception of reduced investment yields from 
government securities, Group NIM was largely stable.

Our capital measures are strong, with capital adequacy 
comfortably above 20%, which is much higher than the 12% 
regulatory requirement.

VOLUME GROWTH

+10%

to

K9.8b

Business loans

+12%

to

K2.6b

Retail mortgages

+23%

to

K2.2b

Unsecured personal loans

10

11

OVERVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCE STATEMENTFINANCIALSTATEMENTSPERFORMANCE REVIEWREMUNERATION REPORTSHAREHOLDERINFORMATIONANNUAL REPORT 2023Delivering for Shareholders

We maintained our long dividend history and our 
policy of paying out between 70% and 75% of our 
statutory profit as dividends.  Based on the BSP 
share price at the end of 2023, the dividend yield 
remained in double digits.

10- YEAR ANNUAL DIVIDEND AND PAYOUT RATIO

Shares

467m
6,165

Shareholders

97%

South Pacific ownership

BSP'S TOTAL SHAREHOLDER RETURN

232%

22%

12%
10%

107%

73%

34%

160%

72%

2023

5 Year

10 Year

Share price appreciation

Shareholder  dividends paid

70%

75%

76%

76%

76%

75%

75%

75%

75%

70%

-610bps

-90bps

RETURN ON EQUITY

RETURN ON ASSETS

6
7
.
0

6
8
.
0

4
0
.
1

3
2
.
1

7
3
.
1

4
3
.
1

0
3
.
1

3
7
.
1

4
7
.
1

3
4
.
1

2014

2015

2016

2017

2018

2019

2020

2021

2022

2023

Dividend per share (K)

Dividend Payout ratio

29.7%

27.6%

21.5%

3.7%

3.4%

2.5%

Dec 21

Dec 22

Dec 23

Dec 21

Dec 22

Dec 23

Return on equity, has fallen from 27.6% in FY22, to 21.5% in FY23.  Our 
reduced NPAT of K890m, coupled with our growth in capital, were the key 
drivers  of  the  reduction.  However,  our  returns  remain  significantly  higher 
than regional peers.

Return on assets declined 90bps to 2.5% in FY23. Our strong growth in 
assets, along with the fall in NPAT, contributed to the decline.

12

13

OVERVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCE STATEMENTFINANCIALSTATEMENTSPERFORMANCE REVIEWREMUNERATION REPORTSHAREHOLDERINFORMATIONANNUAL REPORT 2023Profit and Loss Trends

Operating Income

Our profit has grown from K507m to K890m since 
2014, we now hold substantially more capital against 
our assets than we did a decade ago.  

Statutory NPAT

K890m

-18%

on FY22

NPAT

ROE

+75%

890

Km

507

A$213m

A$374m

FY14

FY23

PGK [millions]

Revenue

Net interest income

FX income

Fee income

Insurance / other income

Operating expense

Operating profit

Impairment expense 2 

Profit before tax

Tax3

NPAT

29.7%

%

-820bps

21.5%

FY14

FY23

FY221 

2,603

1,745

362

419

77

989

1,614

-5

1,619

534

1,085

FY23

2,822

1,845

458

428

91

1,087

1,735

182

1,553

663

890

Change

8%

6%

26%

2%

18%

10%

8%

large

-4%

24%

-18%

1 Comparative for prior periods have been restated to reflect the modified retrospective transition to the new accounting   
  standard IFRS 17 ( Insurance contracts ), which came into effect on 1 January 2023.
2 2022 negative impairment expense driven by COVID-19 provision releases. 
3 FY22 tax expense includes Additional Company Tax, which is presented as an operating expense in the financial statement.

Volume growth in all core lines of our business, translated into revenue growth across the Group of 8%.  Operating expenses were up by 10%, driven mainly 
by inflation, as well as our increased technology spend to support the delivery of our strategic priorities. Taken together, the Group delivered an 8% increase in 
operating profit.

Operating income

K2,822m

+8.4%

on FY22

2,603

100

120

+8.4%
2,822

Net interest income 
up 5.7%, loan 
volume growth of 
12%

Margin reduced by 
31bps

Driven by strong 
FX income growth 
[26%]

A$1,185m

Net interest 
income

Other operating 
income

FY23

A$1,065m

FY22

Total income for the Group grew by 8.4% 

in 2023 to K2.8 billion, with a strong 

contribution from our Pacific markets. 

Net interest income growth was primarily 

driven by a healthy 12% increase in lending 

volumes.  

Non- interest income also contributed 

positively, driven by a 26% growth in FX 

income, due to higher inflows. 

Electronic banking income grew by 22%, a 

reflection of the double-digit growth in the use 

of our digital channels.

595

-6

-1

-24

565

NIM

5.65%

Bps

FY22

Lending

Funding

Investments

FY23

-30bps

on FY22

BSP’s NIM is wider than what is seen in 

Investment security yields have fallen since 

banks in more developed markets.  This is 

2022, and 2023 saw most of the investment 

mainly on account of the mix of our assets, 

portfolio being repriced at these lower rates. 

where only 15% of our loan book is invested 

in lower risk residential mortgages.

The 30bps erosion of our NIM in 2023 
was largely driven by a reduced yield on 

investment securities, driven by strong 

market liquidity.   

We managed our lending and funding mix to 

ensure margin erosion across our book was 

limited to a modest 7bps.

14

15

OVERVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCE STATEMENTFINANCIALSTATEMENTSPERFORMANCE REVIEWREMUNERATION REPORTSHAREHOLDERINFORMATIONANNUAL REPORT 2023 
Operating Expenses

Credit Quality and Provisions

Operating expenses

K1,087m

+9.9%

on FY22

Cost to income
38.0%

989

16

24

19

21

Increased 
system cost 
and additional 
staff to support 
the new core 
banking 
system

Higher 
volumes in 
Pacific markets 
post
COVID-19
recovery

Salary inflation

Km

A$415m

FY22

Technology

Cards

Inflation

To optimise 
operational 
processing 
and 
strengthen 
competitive 
positioning

Modernisation 
Strategy

18

Investments 
in risk and 
compliance 

Infrastructure 
maintenance 

Operational 
losses 

Legal 
provision 
releases

Others

Impairment expenses

K182m

+K188m

on FY22

Delinquency Rates

4.1%

+90bps

on FY22

Cost to income
38.5%

+9.9%

1,087

A$457m

FY23

The Group experienced a relatively large K188m 
movement in impairment expenses from FY22 to 
FY23 and we note the following: 

Operating expense lifted 9.9% for FY23, an anticipated increase given the 

higher investment in technology, including higher amortisation costs following 

capitalisation of our new core banking system. 

Higher card costs were also incurred, owing to higher volumes, particularly 

in our wider Pacific Markets businesses, as international visitor numbers 

rebounded, with corresponding increase in card income.

Wages growth was also a key driver of our expense increase, as we continued to 
invest heavily in our people.  

Despite this expenditure growth, our cost-to-income ratio was relatively 

steady, at 38.5% for the year.

Provisions to Loans

4.3%

No Change

on FY22

IMPAIRMENT EXPENSE

182

Km

-43

FY21

-5

FY22

FY23

• 

• 

• 

FY21 and FY22 contained large impairment 
releases post COVID-19. FY23 did not 
have any carry forward provisions available 
for release, and provisions were aligned to 
underlying customer risk grades. 

FY23 includes a single specific provision 
of K28m for an exposure, which is fully 
secured. 

FY23 also contains a K40m uplift in 
impairments connected with our unsecured 
personal loan portfolio, which is partially 
attributed to a larger asset book, but 
does reflect some level of deterioration in 
credit quality in a challenging economic 
environment. 

Delinquency rates and gross impaired assets also 
lifted sharply in 2023. However, excluding the 
single fully secured loan that has transferred to 
non-accrual status, the normalised delinquency 
rate reduces to 3.2%, which is in line with prior 
year trends.

DELINQUENCY RATE

90+ days, as a percentage of total loans

4.1%

3.1%

3.2%

%

Dec 21

Dec 22

Dec 23

PROVISIONS TO LOANS

5.1%

4.3% 

4.3%

%

Dec 21

Dec 22

Dec 23

16

17

OVERVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCE STATEMENTFINANCIALSTATEMENTSPERFORMANCE REVIEWREMUNERATION REPORTSHAREHOLDERINFORMATIONANNUAL REPORT 2023 
 
 
Balance Sheet Strength

Loan Book Mix

Gross Loans

K16.7b

+12.3%

on FY22

+12.3

Kb

14.4

FY21

14.9

FY22

16.7

FY23

Deposits

+10.8%

K29.8b

+10.8%

on FY22

Total Assets

K37.0b

+9.5%

on FY22

Capital Adequacy

24.4%

-70bps

on FY22

23.9

Kb

26.9

29.8

Dec 21

Dec 22

Dec 23

+9.5%

30.4

33.8

37.0

Kb

Dec 21

Dec 22

Dec 23

-70bps

25.4%

25.1%

24.4%

12%

%

Dec 21

Dec 22

Dec 23

Total assets grew by 9.5% to K37b, with a strong 12% growth 
in lending.  This was funded by a corresponding 11% increase 

Our capital measures are strong, with capital adequacy 
comfortably above the 12% regulatory requirement.  

in deposits, which is predominantly domestic funding. 

A feature of our balance sheet remains the high levels of 

deposit funding, with a corresponding low loan to deposit ratio 
of 56%, reflecting our capacity to increase lending.

Retail 
Mortgages, 15%

Unsecured 
Personal, Loans
13%

Others, 
6%

Business 
Overdrafts,  
7%

Business 
Segment

~66%

Business 
Loans, 59%

All our key loan product categories experienced strong growth in 2023.  Our 

business loan segments represents ~ 66% of our loan book.  Retail mortgages 

make up around 15% and provides significant opportunity for growth.   

Unsecured personal loans constitute 13% of the loan book and saw a 

strong growth of 23% during the year.

+10%

A$3.9b

8.9

9.8

+12%

A$1.0b

+23%

A$0.9b

Kb

2.3

2.6

1.8

2.2

Business Loans

Retail Mortgages

Unsecured Personal Loans

18

19

OVERVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCE STATEMENTFINANCIALSTATEMENTSPERFORMANCE REVIEWREMUNERATION REPORTSHAREHOLDERINFORMATIONANNUAL REPORT 2023 
 
Our 
Community

We strive to support our communities 
through sponsorships, donations, 
community projects and volunteer 
activities. 

has also grown to include mentoring 
and training of local small-to-medium 
enterprises in Fiji and PNG as we seek 
to add value to our communities through 
encouraging smart financial decision-
making. 

Sponsorships
BSP actively sponsors community 
initiatives, corporate events, and sporting 
activities throughout the South Pacific 
spending K4.8 million on sponsorships 
in 2023. Sponsorship highlights include 
the School Kriket Program, the Morobe 
Show, the Business Council of PNG, and 
the Institute of Internal Auditors among 
others.

Below are some of the organisations we 
supported through our donations and 
sponsorship in PNG in 2023.

Our contributions are aimed at 
addressing community needs and 
supporting initiatives in sports, 
education and health among other 
aspects of community development. 
BSP is embedded in the communities 
we serve, with branches located in the 
most remote areas of the South Pacific.  
It is our privilege to give back to our 
communities and contribute to their 
development beyond the provision of 
banking services. 

2023 Donations & Community  
Projects in the South Pacific

2023 Sponsorships in the 
 South Pacific

K2.8m K4.8m

Donations & Community Projects 
In 2023, we focused our donations 
and community projects in the areas 
of digital inclusion, health, education, 
water sanitation and hygiene, and 
sports and recreation. Our community 
projects are carried out by our staff 
across our South Pacific markets 
volunteering their time to make a 
tangible contribution to the community. 

Charitable donations and community 
projects in 2023 totalled K2.8 million 
to charitable causes in the South 
Pacific. We donated in cash and in-kind 
support to organisations and groups 
who work in the spaces of health, 
gender-based violence advocacy and 
financial literacy. These causes, among 
others, have a far-reaching impact on 
the wellbeing and quality of life in our 
communities.

The Go Green Campaign, BSP’s 
flagship program for environmental 
conservation, was carried out for 
the 14th year in a row.  As part of 

the campaign, we donated to nature 
conservation and recycling challenges 
or initiatives, and donated to activities to 
commemorate World Environment Day. 
We understand that our communities 
across the South Pacific share a deep 
cultural and spiritual connection to 
nature and the environment, and we 
strive to make efforts to enrich these 
deep connections. 

The BSP Group remains dedicated in our 
advocacy against family sexual violence 
(FSV) and gender-based violence (GBV) 
in all its forms. BSP fosters partnerships 
and donates to organisations that 
support survivors facing domestic 
violence. We also support advocacy 
groups to provide counselling, legal aid, 
and other support services to survivors. 
Our partnership continued in 2023 
with community groups that provide 
awareness to teens and adolescents 
on healthy relationships, consent 
and identifying forms of violence. We 
continue to advocate against GBV and 
seek to promote safe and inclusive 
schools, workplaces, and communities.

Financial literacy and sound decision-
making among financial services 
consumers is a matter of particular 
importance to the BSP Group. As a 
responsible lender and advocate of 
financial inclusion in our markets, we 
recognise the importance of informed 
and financially prudent customers in 
order to ensure the sustained prosperity 
of our communities. We support 
financial literacy programs for all ages 
as part of this obligation to responsible 
banking. This includes partnering with 
the Brisbane Broncos to visit schools 
and communities, supporting advocacy 
groups and government initiatives, and 
donating the time and expertise of our 
staff to speak to community groups 
on financial literacy. Our commitment 

20

21

OVERVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCE STATEMENTFINANCIALSTATEMENTSPERFORMANCE REVIEWREMUNERATION REPORTSHAREHOLDERINFORMATIONANNUAL REPORT 2023Our People

BSP is focused on creating a safe and 
fulfilling workplace culture for our people in 
order to deliver outcomes for our community, 
customers, and shareholders.  Our approach 
and these desired outcomes are underpinned 
by our core values: Integrity, Leadership, 
People, Community, Professionalism, 
Quality and Teamwork.

grew from 21% in 2022 to 36% in 2023. 
Senior leadership across the Group 
as a whole is 41% female, which is 
an improvement from 39% in 2022. 
We continue to invest in the careers 
of up-and-coming female leaders and 
our succession pipeline in supervisory 
and middle management positions has 
55% and 59% female representation, 
respectively.

Staff Development
Learning and development programs 
are offered to our staff to enable 
career progression and professional 
development. The training is facilitated 
both internally and externally and is 
accessed based on business need, 
role relevance, and the individuals’ 
career ambitions. The Group invests 
in diplomas, degrees and professional 
study programs for certificates and 
accreditations in order to enhance the 
capabilities of our people. In 2023, our 
people benefitted from a combined 
15,718 days of training and 54% of these 
training hours were accessed by women.

We have established the BSP 
Academy to upskill our talent across 
the South Pacific. The Academy 
provides structured skills development, 
leadership training that is in line with 
agile and modern ways of working and 
best practices. 

As we work towards our modernisation 
strategy, the BSP Academy ensures that 
current and emerging talent within the 
Group can drive sustained success in 
the ever-evolving banking landscape.

Our organisational structure was 
reviewed in 2023 in order to more 
adequately pursue the Group’s 
“Modernising for Growth” strategy, as 
we build a world class bank. We are 
now better aligned to our desired future 
state and to ensure clearer division of 
responsibilities and greater accountability 
around our various initiatives. Throughout 
this process, we worked to support our 
people and ensure a smooth transition to 
our new structure. 

Following the conclusion of the PNG 
core banking system replacement, 
staff who were engaged in the project 
were reassigned to roles throughout the 
bank. This allowed us to embed subject 
matter experts in key areas of the new 
core banking system into various teams 
across the bank, ensuring we retain the 
learnings, context, and talent to continue 
delivering value to our customers.

Employee support and capability 
enhancement is crucial for our 
“Modernising for Growth” strategy. To 
ensure nimble and specialised support for 
our staff, a dedicated business unit was 
created to assist staff through training, 
welfare and resourcing. This focused 
support for our staff helps to ensure that 
our people on the frontline can execute on 
BSP’s service delivery goals.

Our ambition is to remain the employer 
of choice throughout the South Pacific. 
A review of our suite of employee-related 
policies is ongoing to ensure global best 
practice and compliance with social 
governance requirements in our markets. 
Recalibrations are in train to enhance our 
staff complaints handling, development, 
recruitment, and performance appraisal 
procedures. 

Wellbeing
Employee wellbeing is important 
for ensuring a robust and motivated 
workforce. We provide care and support 
for our people in matters of physical, 
mental, social, and financial wellbeing.  
Our health and wellness initiatives 
encourage physical fitness and aim to 
promote teamwork and collaboration 
outside of the work environment. We also 
run programs on stress management and 
mental health acknowledging that this 
is key to the long-term wellbeing of our 
people.

Our staff across the South Pacific wear 
black every Thursday as part of our 
#BlackThursday Campaign to signify 
the Group’s stance against all forms 
of gender-based violence (GBV) and 
family sexual violence (FSV).  Our 
people are provided with access to case 
management and support resources 
for incidents of GBV and FSV. We also 
have referral and disciplinary processes 
for staff who are perpetrators. We 
continue to seek ways to enhance our 
response to GBV and FSV, and we 
invest in resources and partnerships to 
better support survivors and rehabilitate 
perpetrators.

Whistleblower and grievance reporting 
channels are available for our people 
to raise complaints. Under our 
Whistleblower Policy, the reporting 
channels and associated procedures 
are established to ensure fairness, due 
process, confidentiality, and protection 
from reprisals. We also provide support 
to our people in matters of workplace 
conflict resolution, harassment, and 
sexual misconduct cases. We strive to 
ensure integrity and professionalism in 
the workplace and work to protect our 
people from all forms of harassment.

Diversity and Equal Opportunity
Having a diverse workforce with unique 
perspectives contributes to our ability 
to add value to our stakeholders across 
all our markets.  We understand that 
respect for differences in gender, 
perspectives, and cultures is important 
given the markets we serve. We work to 
ensure fair and equitable treatment of all 
our people regardless of gender, race, 
ethnicity, religion, sexual orientation, 
or political opinion.  We are an equal 
opportunity employer striving to deal with 
fairness and uphold the value of quality 
in matters of recruitment and promotion. 
The diversity of our people allows us 
to address challenges and capitalise 
on opportunities with the appropriate 
nuance and respect.

Our workforce is well balanced, with an 
equal male and female representation. 
Female voices and perspectives in 
decision-making is important to BSP 
and we strive for equal participation 
in leadership roles. While female 
representation on the Group Board 
remained at 43% in 2023, female 
representation among our Executives 

22

23

OVERVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCE STATEMENTFINANCIALSTATEMENTSPERFORMANCE REVIEWREMUNERATION REPORTSHAREHOLDERINFORMATIONANNUAL REPORT 2023Our 
Customers

In this modern-era, the way people 
do banking is constantly evolving, as 
developments in financial technology 
now allow for a seamless and more 
personalised banking experience for 
individuals.  This growing digitisation of 
services has fostered new expectations 
of efficient and reliable services. To 
enhance our customer experience and 
service delivery, we are strengthening 
our digital footprint and revitalising our 
service propositions to modernise for 
growth.

Our broad branch footprint across the 
region has provided much-needed 

banking services to underbanked 
communities. Our physical presence 
is important for customers to access 
banking services in some of these 
areas. Our renewed strategic approach 
will enrich our commitment to provide 
inclusive banking by delivering a low 
cost-to-serve and fit-for-purpose delivery 
model to enhance our service reach to 
rural communities. 

We have implemented “queue busting” 
pilot initiatives designed to reduce 
service waiting times which have borne 
promising results. Our extended banking 
hours and dedicated lending and 

business banking centres, in key urban 
areas, have contributed to sharp decline 
in branch waiting times in the second half 
of 2023. Our ability to pre-approve digital 
loans has reduced approval wait times 
improving the speed of our lending.
To augment our in-branch service 
delivery, we have restructured our Retail 
Banking operations to better align with 
customer segment needs. This is to 
ensure the appropriate focus and care 

We aim to expand on the initiatives 
piloted in 2023 and continue to invest in 
our digital capabilities in order to better 
support different customer needs in each 
of our segments and modernise PNG’s 
cash economy. Our goal is ensuring 
fit-for-purpose products and services, 
and empowering our customers through 
technology to access banking services 
to support themselves, their business, 
and their families.

is provided to suit the unique needs of 
our customer segments. Leveraging our 
technology platforms, we established 
a team to focus on creating a seamless 
omni-channel experience through our 
digital channels and meet the needs 
of our “customers of the future”. We 
continue to work towards enhancing the 
customer experience as the financial 
needs of our customers become more 
varied and sophisticated.

Partnering with leading global firms, 
we execute against our digital roadmap 
and process simplification agenda to 
create a seamless experience for our 
customers across all segments. We are 
investing in technology and specialised 
talent to develop data-driven insights to 
support our marketing, risk decisioning, 
and operational efficiency to provide 
value to our customers. We are also 
making efforts to educate and transition 
customers to our more convenient digital 
channels.

Our Business Banking customers 
are a key segment of focus, given 
the economic and social benefit that 
the success of SMEs can have in our 
markets. Our dedicated SME team run 
extensive SME training and mentoring 

programs for locally-owned SMEs, 
including women-led businesses, in 
partnership with the Australian Business 
Volunteers (ABV). Through our ABV 
partnership, our SME customers are 
given free training on how to manage 
finances, plan for expansion, and put 
in place governance measures in order 
to achieve future success. BSP and 
ABV co-designed the “Your Enterprise 
Scheme (YES) Grow” program in 
PNG and the “Together, Helping to 
build a Resilient, Inclusive and Vibrant 
Economy” (THRIVE) program in Fiji, 
with aspirations for expansion of similar 
programs into all our markets.

Our Corporate Banking operations 
support our business customers’ 
working capital and capital expenditure 
needs. As economic prospects for 
our home market of PNG look more 
promising with the slated resource 
projects, BSP is well position with the 
skills, experience, and local expertise 
to support our customers’ financial and 
capital investment needs. We continue 
to support our customers in undertaking 
multi-year capital expenditure programs 
and financing needs across the Pacific in 
various sectors.

24

25

OVERVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCE STATEMENTFINANCIALSTATEMENTSPERFORMANCE REVIEWREMUNERATION REPORTSHAREHOLDERINFORMATIONANNUAL REPORT 2023Our Risk Management 
Framework

Our Risk Management Framework (RMF) outlines BSP’s key risks processes. The Board approved Group Risk Appetite 
Statement (GRAS) sets the risk limits the Bank operates within to deliver our strategy. The RMF includes a number of risk types 
(strategic, financial and non-financial), each with their own specific frameworks to identify, assess, govern and manage their 
unique risks.  

Our material risks are those the Bank is placing extra focus on mitigating, due to their potential to materially impact the Bank, 
customers, shareholders and the community, now or in the future.

1. Group Risk  
Appetite Statement

2. Identify and  
Assess Risks

3. Manage and  
Control Risks

4.Govern and  
Monitor

1.Group Risk Appetite Statement
The Board approved GRAS is set at a level that the 
Board expects management to operate within, to 
achieve desired business outcomes: 

3.Manage and control risks
We implement measures to manage and control risks 
within appetite, such as: 

Preserving capital adequacy

• 
•  Maintaining liquidity
• 

Achieving targeted performance

2.Identify and assess risks
BSP uses multiple techniques to identify and 
measure the risks it is exposed to such as: 

•  Risk and Control assessments
• 

Emerging enterprise wide risk assessment 

BSP sponsored Bilas exhibition, 
Australian Museum

• 

• 
• 

Limits, delegated authorities and approval 
processes
Policies and procedures
Issues and incidents 

4.Govern and monitor
The Board and its Committees: 

•  Oversee BSP's system of internal controls and 

compliance

•  Review reports on the measurement of risk, 

adequacy and effectiveness of BSP's risk 
management and internal control systems

26

27

OVERVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCE STATEMENTFINANCIALSTATEMENTSPERFORMANCE REVIEWREMUNERATION REPORTSHAREHOLDERINFORMATIONANNUAL REPORT 2023 
Enterprise wide risks
ENTERPRISE WIDE RISKS

Non-financial risks

Business disruption
risks

Technology risks

Transaction 
processing risks

Cyber risks

Compliance risks

Interests rate risks

Project risks 

Information Security 
risks

AML & CTF risks

Financial crime
risks

People risks

Physical assets, safety
and security risks

How we manage risk
Our risk management approach ensures 
consistent and effective management 
of risk and provides for appropriate 
accountability and oversight. Risk 
management is enterprise wide, applying 
to all entity levels and is a crucial element 
in the execution of BSP’s strategy.

Our enterprise wide risks represents 
the risks that are core to our Group 
business. We organise these into 
strategic, financial and non-financial 
risk categories and annually identify key 
enterprise risks. These top enterprise 
risks have a focused management 
oversight given they represent potential 
material impacts to the strategy. We scan 
the environment for changes to ensure 
that our risk universe remains relevant.

The enterprise wide risk is managed 
through the lifecycle from identification 
to reporting. Our assessment process 
includes quantification of risks under 
normal and stressed conditions up to, 
and including, recovery and resolution.

Risk exposures are managed through 
different techniques and are monitored 
against a risk appetite that supports our 
strategy. We manage and allocate capital 
efficiently to grow shareholder value 
while ensuring that regulatory capital 
requirements are met.

Our governance structure enables 
oversight and accountability through 
appropriate mandated board and 
management committees. The three 
lines of defence model is used to 

maintain a sound risk culture with 
an emphasis on our policies and 
procedures.

This is all underpinned by a control 
environment defined in our risk 
governance and management standards 
and policies. Through the embedding of 
our values and code of conduct policies, 
compliance training and whistle-blower 
programs.

BSP GROUP BOARD

REMUNERATION 
& NOMINATION 
COMMITTEE

BOARD AUDIT & 

 COMPLIANCE COMMITTEE

BOARD  

RISK COMMITTEE

CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER

EXECUTIVE 
COMMITTEE (EXCO)

FINANCIAL RISK COMMITTEES

NON-FINANCIAL RISK COMMITTEES

Executive  
Committee

Group Asset and  
Liability Committee 
(GALCO) 

Credit Risk 
Committee  

Losses 
from failure 
of counter-
parties to pay 
their debts to 
BSP 

 Audit & 
Compliance 
Committee

Operational 
Risk 
Committee

Fines or 
Sanctions 
from Non-
Compliance 
with Laws and 
Regulations 

Losses from 
inadequate or 
failed internal 
processes, 
systems or 
people

Technology 
Risk 
Committee

Disruption 
to business 
operations 
from software, 
hardware and/or 
communication 
failures

Disclosure 
Committee

Incorrect and 
selective or 
inadvertent 
disclosure of 
material market 
sensitive 
information 

Liquidity 
Risk 

Market 
Risk:

  • Interest  
     rate risk

  • Foreign  
     exchange  
     risk

Sub-risk 
Types: 

• Financial 
Crime 
Compliance 
Risk 

• Regulatory 

and 
Licensing 
Obligations 
Risk 

Sub-risk 
Types:  

• Fraud Risk  
• People Risk  
• Business   
   Disruption    
   Risk 

 • Transaction 
Processing 
Risk

• Legal Risk 

Sub-risk 
Types: 

• Cybersecurity  
   Risk 

• Data  
   Management  
   Risk 

• IT Disaster  
   Recovery  
   Planning

Sub-risk 
Types: 

• Regulatory  
   Compliance   
   Risk 

• Financial  
   Reporting  
   Compliance  
   Risk

• Reputation  
   Risk

28

29

OVERVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCE STATEMENTFINANCIALSTATEMENTSPERFORMANCE REVIEWREMUNERATION REPORTSHAREHOLDERINFORMATIONANNUAL REPORT 2023Material Risks 

Risk Description

How we manage this risk

The Board and management are placing additional focus on managing a number of our material, financial and non-financial risk 
types, due to their potential impact to BSP, our customers, shareholders and the community.

Risk Description

How we manage this risk

Credit Risk

Inability of customers to 
meet loan obligations and or 
current /prospective threat to 
BSP’s earnings and capital 
as a result of a counterparty’s 
failure to comply with a 
financial or other contractual 
obligation.

We manage our credit risk by maintaining a culture of responsible lending and a robust risk 
policy and control framework.

• 

• 

Processes are in place that identify, assess and control credit risk in relation to the 
loan portfolio for loan impairment; 

Defining, implementing and continually re-evaluating risk appetite under actual and 
stressed conditions.

•  Monitoring our credit risk exposure relative to approved limits;

• 

• 

Ensuring that there is independent monitoring of credit risk and its mitigation 
independently of the business functions; and

Adequate provisioning held in compliance with IFRS9.

Technology 
Risk

Technology risk relates 
to any threat to BSP’s 
critical operating 
systems, data and 
business processes that 
deliver banking services

We manage technology risk by monitoring the condition of systems to minimise outages 
or failure of critical systems and technology infrastructure that can impact the services we 
provide to our customers.

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

Software lifecycle management tools and processes are implemented to ensure 
controlled software and configuration deployment across all environments including 
production;

Key Vendors are actively engaged in continued issue resolution and management via 
Managed Services contracts;

BSP’s crisis management framework and crisis response teams provide the structure  
to ensure a coordinated response to disruption incidents;

Business Continuity and Disaster Recovery Plans are in place and renewed and tested 
annually; and

The IT Steering Committee provide oversight of specific Technology and Information 
Security risks.

Operational 
Risk 

This risk arises when 
there is direct or indirect 
loss resulting from human 
factors, inadequate or 
failed internal processes, 
systems or external 
events.

We seek to manage and reduce operational risk to optimise the customer experience 
while supporting BSP’s strategy, reputation and financial performance. We recognise that 
operational risk is inherent in our business activities and that it is not always cost effective or 
possible to attempt to eliminate all operational risks. Operational risks of material significance 
are expected to be infrequent and we will seek to reduce the likelihood and impact of these. 
Within this context, the management of operational risk has two key objectives:

• 

• 

To minimise the impact of losses suffered in the normal course of business and to avoid 
or reduce the likelihood of suffering an extreme loss; and

To improve the effective and efficient management of BSP while minimising operational 
risks.

Anti-Money 
Laundering 
and 
Counter 
Terrorism 
Financing 
(AML & CTF)

Non-compliance with 
the AML/CTF Act in the 
jurisdictions where BSP 
operates.

Our compliance with anti-money laundering and combating the financing of terrorists (AML/
CTF) regulations in the countries where we operate is continually being enhanced through:

• 

• 

• 

Execution of AML/CTF controls during the new customer onboarding, customer risk 
review and correspondent banking relationship management processes;

Staff training and awareness undertaken to ensure that staff are aware of Policies and 
Procedures and the significance of conducting specialised review for customers;

Enhanced Customer Due Diligence for High Risk and Politically Exposed Persons are 
undertaken; and

•  We will continue expanding and optimising our transaction monitoring and detection 

capabilities.

The potential danger 
or harm arising from 
unauthorised access, 
use, disclosure, 
disruption, modification, 
or destruction of digital 
information. This risk can 
originate from various 
sources, including: 

•   Cyber attacks;

•   Data breaches; 

•   Malware; and 

•   Other security incidents 
that compromise the 
confidentiality, integrity, 
and availability of 
sensitive information

Information 
Security Risk

30

Cyber risk remains a key industry threat as perpetrators continue to become more 
sophisticated. In response, BSP has committed to the continued enhancement of its security 
capability to ensure that the associated risks remain within the risk appetite and managed 
through: 

• 

• 

• 

• 

Security Monitoring; 

Security Testing, including Internal/External system penetration testing to identify 
vulnerabilities;

Continuing awareness on Information Security policies and staff training on emerging 
cyber security threats; and

PCI DSS compliant with security processes and procedures to secure payment card 
data.

People Risk

Inadequate succession 
planning may lead to key-
person dependency on critical 
job roles, or in leadership 
positions.

BSP has placed key emphasis on an effective succession planning program. 

• 

• 

• 

Competitive retention packages and programs ensuring that BSP remains the 
employer of choice in the market.  

BSP proactively responds to best market practices that aids to maintain its position 
as the market leader.

Targeted staff development, training and certification based on training needs 
analysis undertaken by business units. 

Regulatory / 
Compliance 
Risk

Failure to comply with legal, 
regulatory and prudential 
obligations. Exposure 
to regulatory fines for 
non-compliance of laws/
regulations.

We have documented compliance plans and established Compliance Obligations registers 
to ensure we comply with the legal, regulatory and prudential obligations in all the countries 
we operate and this process is overseen by our Management Audit and Compliance 
Committee.

• 

• 

• 

Update, capture and understand requirements of the obligations register. 

Transparent, open and honest engagement with regulators. 

All employees complete mandatory compliance training.

Project Risk

Refers to an uncertain event 
or condition that, if it occurs, 
will affect the project and may 
result in the inability to deliver 
within budget and agreed 
timelines.

Interest Rate 
Risk

The possibility for BSP to 
experience loss in earnings 
due to factors that affect the 
overall performance of the 
financial markets resulting 
from changes to the interest 
rates and foreign exchange 
(FX) rates.

BSP has a Project Management Office with the aim of delivering programs of work aligned 
to the BSP’s strategic objectives including:

• 

Ensuring deliverables are achieved across the programs;

•  Managing the benefits realisation process for delivered projects and programs; and

• 

Optimising the use of staffing and other resources to achieve the above. 

Project risk is further managed by ensuring that:

• 

• 

Policies and Procedures are in place to manage project governance;

Project issues, risks, dependencies and constraints that may impact 
implementation are managed;

•  Monthly meetings held to monitor programs; and

• 

Projects are supported by Executive Management and progress oversight by Board.

Risk limits are set and reviewed at least annually and in line with our defined risk appetite. 
The criteria for setting risk limits include relevant market analysis, market liquidity and 
business strategy. This limit structure comprises the following types of market risk limits:

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

Value at Risk (VaR) limits;

Position and sensitivity (Non-VaR) limits;

Stress testing for foreign currency, interest rate and liquidity risk; 

Tracking performances against approved Group Risk Appetite and Policy limits 
daily/monthly;

Balance sheet impact on loans and deposits; and

The above process is overseen by our Group Asset & Liabilities Committee and 
reported to Executive Committee and Board.

Loan portfolio is denominated in local currency and on variable interest rate.

31

OVERVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCE STATEMENTFINANCIALSTATEMENTSPERFORMANCE REVIEWREMUNERATION REPORTSHAREHOLDERINFORMATIONANNUAL REPORT 2023Board of 
Directors

BSP Board visits the Australia Museum's 
"Bilas" exhibition sponsored by BSP 

32

33

OVERVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCE STATEMENTFINANCIALSTATEMENTSPERFORMANCE REVIEWREMUNERATION REPORTSHAREHOLDERINFORMATIONANNUAL REPORT 2023Board of  
Directors

ROBERT G. BRADSHAW LLB 
Chairman,  
Non – Executive Director. 

MARK T. ROBINSON 
Group Chief Executive Officer and 
Managing Director. 

SYMON G. BREWIS-WESTON, (HONS), 
MAPPFIN 
Non-Executive Director.

FAAMAUSILI DR. MATAGIALOFI 
LUA’IUFI, BA, MSC, PHD 
Non-Executive Director.  

Robert Bradshaw was appointed to the 
BSP Board in September 2017 and served 
as Chairman of the Remuneration and 
Nominations Committee from 2019 until 
his appointment as Board Chairman in 
February 2023. Robert holds a Bachelor of 
Law Degree and is a graduate of AICD.

Mark T. Robinson was appointed Group 
CEO of BSP Financial Group Limited 
(BSP) in November 2022 and commenced 
work in March 2023.  He is a senior financial 
services executive and globally experi-
enced banking Chief Executive Officer with 
more than thirty years’ experience across 
developed and emerging markets.

Symon Brewis-Weston was appointed 
to the BSP Board in April 2021 and is a 
member of BSP's Board Risk Committee 
and Remuneration and Nominations 
Committee. Symon has extensive interna-
tional experience in financial services and 
a deep understanding of consumer and 
business markets in the Asia Pacific region. 

Faamausili Dr. Matagialofi Lua’iufi was 
appointed to the board in December 2016 
and is Chair of the Remuneration and 
Nominations Committee (RNC).  She is 
an experienced public sector practitioner 
and consultant, Matagialofi holds a PhD in 
Management, a Masters in Management 
Sciences and a Bachelor of Arts in 
Sociology and Political Science. 

STUART A. DAVIS, LLB, GAICD 
Non-Executive Director. 

Stuart Davis was appointed to the BSP 
Board in August 2017 and is currently 
Chair of the Board Risk Committee (BRC) 
and a member of the Board Audit and 
Compliance Committee. During Stuart's 
long career at HSBC bank, he was CEO of 
their India, Australia and Taiwan opera-
tions. Stuart holds a Bachelor of Law 
Degree and ia a graduate of AICD.

PATRICIA FRANCES TAUREKA-
SERUVATU, LLB, MAICD 
Non - Executive Director.

Patricia Taureka-Seruvatu is a Lawyer by 
profession, admitted to practice law in 
Papua New Guinea in 1988. Patricia holds 
a Bachelor of Laws from the University 
of PNG. She was appointed to the Board 
in April 2022 and currently serves as a 
member of the Board Audit and Compliance 
Committee and the Remuneration and 
Nominations Committee.

FRANK D. BOURAGA , CPA, MAICD  
Non - Executive Director.

ARTHUR SAM, BCOMM, CPA 
Non - Executive Director. 

PRISCILLA KEVIN, BSCS, MAICD 
Non - Executive Director.

IAN A. TARUTIA 
Non - Executive Director.

Frank Dobi Bouraga was appointed to 
the Board in December 2020 and is a 
qualified certified practicing accountant 
with over 28 years in accounting practice 
and is currently a partner in Assurance 
and Business Advisory Services with SBC 
Solutions. Prior to SBC Solutions, Frank 
was the Country Managing Partner for 
Ernst & Young Papua New Guinea for five 
years as an audit and business advisory 
services partner. 

Arthur Sam was appointed to the BSP 
Board in July 2016. Arthur is the Chair 
of the Board Audit and Compliance 
Committee and also a member of the 
Board Risk Committee. He is a qualified 
and experienced accountant registered, 
with over 15 years working for global 
accounting firms. Arthur is also a member 
of AICD.

Priscilla Kevin was appointed to the BSP 
Board in April 2020 and is a member of 
the Board Risk Committee. Priscilla is an 
IT professional specialising in Enterprise 
Resource Planning (ERP) Support 
Advisory. She holds a Bachelor's Degree 
in Computer Science from PNG University 
of Technology. Priscilla is also a member 
of AICD.

Ian Tarutia was appointed a Director in April 
2023 and currently serves as a member 
of both the Board Audit and Compliance 
Committee and the Board Risk Committee. 
Ian is an experienced corporate executive, 
with a strong back ground in superan-
nuation. Ian holds both a Bachelor of 
Business Economics and Master of 
Business Administration. He is a member 
of AICD.

34

35

OVERVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCE STATEMENTFINANCIALSTATEMENTSPERFORMANCE REVIEWREMUNERATION REPORTSHAREHOLDERINFORMATIONANNUAL REPORT 2023 
 
 
Executive 
Team

RONESH DAYAL 
Group Chief Financial Officer 

NUNI KULU 
Group Chief Operating Officer

DANIEL FAUNT 
Group General Manager Retail 

PETER BESWICK 
Group General Manager Corporate 

MIKE HALLINAN 
Group Chief Risk Officer 

Ronesh was appointed Group Chief Financial 
Officer (GCFO) in June 2020. He has over 20 
years of experience in the financial services 
industry, covering both the Life Insurance and 
Banking businesses. Ronesh holds a Bachelor 
of Arts Degree with double majors in Accounting 
and Financial Management and Information 
Systems. He is the President of Certified 
Practicing Accountants (CPA) Australia – PNG 
Branch, a member of CPA Australia, CPA PNG 
and the Fiji Institute of Chartered Accountants.

Nuni was appointed Group Chief Operating 
Officer (GCOO) in April 2023. Prior to this 
role, Nuni was General Manager Digital. She 
joined the former PNG Banking Corporation 
as a graduate and held numerous roles with 
Treasury and Retail Banking during the course 
of her career. She has completed leadership 
and management training at Melbourne 
Business School and INSEAD College in 
France. Nuni has a Bachelor of Commerce 
from the Australian National University.

Daniel was appointed Group General 
Manager Retail Bank in December 2020. 
Daniel is responsible for managing BSP’s 
extensive Retail Branch Network, Digital 
Banking services, ATM operations and 
Group Marketing. Prior to joining BSP, 
Daniel held various senior management 
roles for ANZ in PNG, Australia and the 
Pacific. Daniel holds a MBA in Economics 
from Deakin University and a Bachelor of 
Business in Banking and Finance from the 
Queensland University of Technology.

Peter was appointed General Manager 
of BSP Corporate Banking in June 
2011. He has over 25 years banking and 
finance experience, covering Australia 
and South East Asia with CBA, National 
Australia Bank and Bank of New Zealand; 
holding senior executive positions in Risk 
Management and Business Development. 
Mr. Beswick qualified as a Chartered 
Accountant with PwC and has completed 
a Masters of Business Administration with 
Macquarie University in Australia.

Mike was re-appointed as Group Chief 
Risk Officer (GCRO) in March 2023. Mike’s 
professional career expands over 40 years 
in banking and finance, holding various 
senior positions in Risk Management and 
Senior Relationship Executive roles with 
CBA, specifically managing corporate 
and institutional relationships. Mike is 
a qualified CPA and is a Fellow of the 
Australian Bankers Institute.

ROHAN GEORGE 
Group General Manager Treasury & Markets 

HARI RABURA 
Group General Manager People & Culture

MARYANN LAMEKO-VAAI  
General Manager Pacific Markets 

VANDHNA NARAYAN 
Group General Manager Compliance

RICHARD NICHOLLS 
Group Chief Information Officer

Rohan is Group General Manager Treasury & 
Markets, has extensive knowledge in developed 
and emerging financial markets. His experience 
spans 40 years, covering fixed income, foreign 
exchange, commodities and structured 
derivatives markets. Prior to joining BSP, Rohan 
worked at ANZ as Head of Global Markets, 
Cambodia & Laos, and at Westpac as Treasurer 
PNG & PINS. Rohan holds a Master of Applied 
Finance from Macquarie University and is 
accredited by the Australian Financial Markets 
Association.

Hari was appointed Group General Manager 
for People & Culture in April 2016. She has 
over 20 years’ experience in implementing 
and delivering HR strategies, policies, and 
services that create, support and sustain 
a high performance culture. She has held 
various roles at PricewaterhouseCoopers 
(PwC) and Kina Bank, plus completed her 
General Management training in INSEAD 
Business School in France and Melbourne 
Business School in Australia. She holds a 
Bachelor of Education from the University of 
Goroka (PNG).

Maryann was appointed as General 
Manager Pacific Markets in June 2022. 
With over 20 years of experience in 
leadership and financial management. 
Maryann achieved a significant career 
milestone by becoming the first female 
Country Head for BSP Samoa and led the 
team that captured Samoa’s market leader 
position. Maryann holds a Bachelor of 
Commerce from Auckland University and is 
a Chartered Accountant under the Samoa 
Institute of Accountants and CPA Australia.

Vandhna was appointed Group General 
Manager Compliance in February 2021. 
Vandhna oversees the BSP Group’s AML 
Business Units and the Regulatory and 
Policy Compliance BU, with adminis-
trative oversight over the Internal Audit 
and Credit Inspection BUs. Vandhna is a 
qualified Barrister and Solicitor and holds 
a Bachelors in Law (VUW, New Zealand), 
and a Masters in Human Rights Law and 
Policy (UNSW, Australia).

Richard was appointed Group Chief 
Information Officer (GCIO) in May 2023.  
Richard has over 30 years of senior 
technology management experience in 
the financial services industry, having held 
senior technology delivery and support 
roles in Investment and Retail Banking in 
United Kingdom, Australia, Philippines and 
Papua New Guinea. Richard graduated 
from the University of New South Wales 
with a Bachelor of Electrical Engineering.

37

36

OVERVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCE STATEMENTFINANCIALSTATEMENTSPERFORMANCE REVIEWREMUNERATION REPORTSHAREHOLDERINFORMATIONANNUAL REPORT 2023 
 
 
 
Corporate  
Governance Framework

Board 
Governance

The Board, Management and staff of BSP are aware of their 
responsibilities to the people of Papua New Guinea and the 
countries within the Pacific in which BSP operates. These 
Corporate Governance Principles provide a framework that 
helps to ensure that BSP deals fairly and openly with all its 
stakeholders – regulators, shareholders, customers and staff 
alike.

This Corporate Governance Statement has been approved by 
the Board and is current as at 31 December 2023.

The BSP Financial Group Limited 1 (BSP) is committed 
to maintaining high standards of corporate governance 
underpinned by our core values of Integrity, Leadership, 
People, Professionalism, Quality, Teamwork and Community. 
This approach is supported by a comprehensive framework of 
corporate governance principles and policies.

The Board ensures that BSP complies with the requirements 
of the Papua New Guinea Companies Act 1997, Australian 
Corporations Act 2001 (Cth), PNGX Listing Rules, PNGX 
Corporate Governance Code for Listed Issuers, the ASX 
Listing Rules and the ASX Corporate Governance Principles 
and Recommendations (4th Edition).

BSP also complies with the various regulations on corporate 
governance that are issued by the central banks in the 
countries within which BSP operates. These currently include:

•  The Bank of Papua New Guinea (BPNG) Banking 

Prudential Standard BPS 300: Corporate Governance 
(issued under Section 27 of the Banks and Financial 
Institutions Act 2000);

•  The Reserve Bank of Fiji Banking Supervision Policy 

Statement No. 11: Governance (Oct 2007);

•  The National Reserve Bank of Tonga Prudential 
Statement No. 9 (revised 2014): Governance;

•  The Financial Supervisory Commission of the Cook 
Islands Banking Prudential Statement BPS09: 
Governance Risk Management (June 2019);

•  The Central Bank of Samoa Prudential Statement 1 

(January 2021);

•  The Reserve Bank of Vanuatu International Bank 

Prudential Guideline No. 10 Management of Financial 
Institutions: Fit & Proper Requirements; and

•  The Central Bank of Solomon Islands Prudential 

Guideline No. 14 on Corporate Governance (July 2019).

 1 In this Corporate Governance Statement, a reference to ‘BSP’, ‘BSP Group’, ‘the Bank’, ‘the Company’, ‘the Group’, ‘our’, ‘us’, and ‘we’ is to BSP Financial 
Group Limited ARBN: 649 704 656 (ASX: BFL | PNGX: BSP) and its subsidiaries unless it clearly means just BSP Financial Group Limited.

Roles and Responsibilities of the Board

The roles and responsibilities of the Board are defined in the 
Board Charter, which distinguishes between matters reserved 
for the Board and those that are delegated to Management with 
the Board retaining oversight. 

•  with the assistance of the Board Audit and Compliance 

Committee, selecting and recommending to the 
Shareholders the appointment of external auditors; and 

•  approving the financial statements. 

With the support of its Committees, the Board is responsible to 
the shareholders for the overall performance of BSP, including 
its strategic direction, establishing goals for management 
and monitoring the achievement of those goals with a view to 
optimising BSP’s performance and increasing shareholder 
value. 

The Board has delegated a number of these responsibilities 
to its various Committees, the Committees and their 
responsibilities are detailed in the Board Committees section of 
this Report

The Board has delegated to Management responsibility for: 

The key functions of the Board are: 

•  setting the overall strategy of BSP regarding operations, 

finance, dividends, and risk management; 

•  appointing the Group Chief Executive Officer (GCEO) and 

setting an appropriate remuneration package; 

•  appointing General Managers and setting appropriate 

remuneration packages; 

•  appointing the Company Secretary and setting an 

appropriate remuneration package; 

•  developing the annual operating and capital expenditure 
budgets for Board approval and monitoring performance 
against these budgets; 

•  developing and implementing strategies within the 

framework approved by the Board and providing the Board 
with recommendations on key strategic issues; 

•  appointing management below the level of General 

Manager and preparing and maintaining succession plans 
for these senior roles; 

•  endorsing appropriate policy settings for Management; 

•  developing and maintaining effective risk management 

policies and procedures; and 

•  keeping the Board and the market fully informed of 

material developments.

•  reviewing Board composition and performance; 

•  reviewing the performance of Management; 

•  approving an annual strategic plan with an annual budget 

for BSP and monitoring results on a regular basis;

•  ensuring that appropriate risk management systems are in 
place and are operating to protect BSP’s financial position 
and assets; 

•  ensuring that BSP complies with the law and relevant 

regulations and conforms with the highest standards of 
financial and ethical behaviour; 

•  approving acquisitions and disposals of material to the 

business; 

•  establishing authority levels; 

•  setting Directors’ remuneration through the Remuneration 

and Nominations Committee; 

38

39

OVERVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCE STATEMENTFINANCIALSTATEMENTSPERFORMANCE REVIEWREMUNERATION REPORTSHAREHOLDERINFORMATIONANNUAL REPORT 2023 
 
Board 
Governance

continued

Board Composition

The maximum number of Directors prescribed by the BSP Constitution and approved by the Shareholders is ten. As at 31 December 
2023, there were ten Directors and their details are set out below:

Director

Date of Appointment

Length of Service 

(as at 31 December 2023)

Status

Robert G. Bradshaw

13 September 2017

6 years 3 months

Non-Executive, Independent

Mark T. Robinson

1 March 2023

10 months

Executive, Non-Independent

Arthur Sam

13 July 2016

7 years 5 months

Non-Executive, Independent

Faamausili Dr. Matagialofi Lua’iufi

1 December 2016

7 years

Non-Executive, Independent

Stuart A. Davis

11 August 2017

6 years 4 months

Non-Executive, Independent

Ian A. Tarutia

21 April 2023

8 months

Non-Executive, Non-Independent

Priscilla Kevin

15 April 2020

3 years 8 months

Non-Executive, Independent

Frank D. Bouraga

30 December 2020

3 years

Non-Executive, Independent

Symon G. Brewis-Weston

13 April 2021

2 years 8 months

Non-Executive, Independent

Patricia F. Taureka-Seruvatu

13 April 2022

1 year 8 months

Non-Executive, Independent

Independence and Conflict of 
Interest
Directors of BSP avoid conflicts of interest, by declaring 
their interest and refraining from involving themselves in the 
consideration of matters where a conflict might arise. BSP’s 
Corporate Governance Principles and Managing Conflicts 
of Interest Policy requires Directors to disclose any new 
directorships and equity interests at each Board Meeting. 

Chair
The Board Chair is an independent Non-Executive Director that 
must be elected by the Directors and not have been a former 
executive officer of BSP or the CEO in the last 3 years. The 
Chair can hold the position for a maximum of six consecutive 
years unless there are exceptional circumstances in which 
prior approval of the prudential regulator is required. 

 The Chair’s responsibilities include:

The Company Secretary maintains a running register of each 
Director’s interests to ensure that a majority of the Board is 
independent. Directors are deemed to be independent if they 
are judged free from any material or other business relationship 
with BSP that would compromise their independence.

Prior to appointment, all Directors are required to provide 
information to the Board for it to assess their independence. In 
assessing the independence of Directors, the Board takes into 
consideration the following: 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

the Director is not an executive of the Group;

the Director is not a substantial shareholder of BSP 
or otherwise associated directly with a substantial 
shareholder of BSP;

the Director has not within the last three years been a 
material consultant or a principal of a material professional 
adviser to BSP, or an employee materially associated with 
a service provider;

the Director is not a material supplier to BSP, or a material 
consultant to BSP, or an employee materially associated 
with a material supplier or customer;

the Director has no material contractual relationship with 
BSP other than as a Director of BSP; and

the Director is free from any interest and any business or 
other relationship which could, or could reasonably be 
perceived to, materially interfere with the Director’s ability 
to act in the best interests of BSP.

This information is assessed by the Board to determine 
whether the relationship could, or could reasonably be 
perceived to, materially interfere with the exercise of the 
Director’s responsibilities. Materiality is assessed on a case-
by-case basis.

BSP fully complies with the requirements of the BPNG 
Prudential Standard 4/2003 – Limits on Loans to Related 
Parties and details of Related Party Transactions are 
summarised in Financial Note 35 of this Annual Report, while 
Directors’ Information on pages 136 to 140 of this Annual 
Report provides details of the Directors’ Interests.

•  ensuring all new Board members are fully aware of their 

duties and responsibilities;

•  providing effective leadership on BSP’s strategy;

•  presenting the views of the Board to the public;

•  ensuring the Board meets regularly throughout the year, 
and that minutes are taken and recorded accurately;

•  setting the agenda of meetings and maintaining proper 

conduct during meetings; and 

•  reviewing the performance of Non-Executive Directors.

Company Secretary

The BSP Company Secretary, through the Chair, is directly 
accountable to the Board for the proper functioning of the 
Board. Each Director may seek the advice of the Company 
Secretary. Under the Constitution, the Company Secretary may 
only be appointed or removed by the Board.

Key responsibilities of the Company Secretary include: 

•  Finalising the agenda for each Board and Committee 
meeting in conjunction with the respective Chairman;

•  Ensuring the timely completion and circulation of board 
and committee papers ahead of scheduled meetings;

•  Collation of the Board meeting minutes, capturing key 

discussion points and resolutions for review and approval 
at the next Board meeting;

•  Advising the Board of relevant statutory matters and 

ensuring compliance of the same;

•  Maintaining a record of Directors’ dealings in securities, 
declarations of interests and potential conflicts; and

•  Assisting with arranging Director induction and 

professional development. 

The Company Secretary plays a pivotal role in carrying out the 
administrative function of the Board and is one of the Board’s 
main liaison with Management and external stakeholders. 

40

41

OVERVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCE STATEMENTFINANCIALSTATEMENTSPERFORMANCE REVIEWREMUNERATION REPORTSHAREHOLDERINFORMATIONANNUAL REPORT 2023Board 
Governance

continued

Director Appointment, Election  
and Re-election 

The Board has undertaken a renewal and succession planning 
process in recent years, with the aim of maintaining a proactive 
and effective Board in line with the directions of the BSP Group

Under the Constitution, at each Annual General Meeting 
(AGM) one-third of BSP’s Directors, in addition to any Director 
appointed during the year and excluding the GCEO, must offer 
themselves for re-election by the Shareholders. 

Director Induction and  
Professional Development

BSP has a program for inducting new Directors and providing 
appropriate professional development opportunities for 
Directors that are managed by the RNC.

Upon joining the Board, new Directors are provided with a 
Letter of Appointment setting out the terms of the appointment, 
a Board induction pack and undertake a comprehensive 
induction program. The Letter of Appointment specifies the 
term of appointment, BSP’s expectations regarding time 
commitment and Committee work, the Director’s remuneration 
arrangements, the Director’s disclosure and confidentiality 
obligations, the Director’s insurance and indemnity 
entitlements, and compliance with BSP’s key corporate 
governance policies. The induction program involves a one-
on-one meeting with the Board Chair, respective Committee 
Chairs and Senior Management to help new Directors develop 
an understanding of BSP’s history, culture and operations. 
As part of the induction pack, new Directors receive copies of 
BSP’s key corporate governance policies and the annual Board 
and Committee calendar. 

Director development is encouraged by the Board as part of 
its efforts to remain robust and cognisant. Whilst Directors 
are encouraged to identify and advise of courses that are of 
interest, the RNC provides regular updates to the Board on 
director development options available. Should a Director wish 
to undertake a particular course as part of his/her development, 
BSP covers the associated costs. Director development 
sessions are also held regularly and scheduled in line with 
Committee meetings. 

New Directors are encouraged to undertake the Australian 
Institute of Company Directors’ Effective Directors course.

A Director is normally appointed for an initial term of three 
years and the end of the term, the Director becomes eligible for 
reappointment by the Shareholders for a further term of three 
years and, if not reappointed, retires automatically. A Director 
is normally not permitted to hold office for a period exceeding 
three terms of three years, or nine years, whichever is the 
lesser. 

In accordance with the Constitution and BSP’s Fit & Proper 
Policy, the Board gives careful consideration to setting the 
criteria for new Director appointments. These appointments are 
then recommended to shareholders. The Board has delegated 
the initial screening process involved to the RNC, which in 
accordance with the RNC Charter, may seek independent 
advice on possible new candidates for Directorships. All 
Directors must be satisfied that the best candidate has been 
selected.

BSP undertakes appropriate checks before appointing a 
person as a Director, or offering them to shareholders as a 
candidate for election. We have appropriate procedures in 
place to ensure material information relevant to a decision to 
elect or re-elect a Director is disclosed in notices of meeting 
provided to shareholders. This includes a brief background of 
the Director and details of any other material directorships the 
Director may have. 

For initial election, BSP provides a statement that the Director 
has satisfied the ‘fit and proper person’ assessment by 
BPNG. For re-election, a statement concerning the term of 
the office currently served by the Director is included. If the 
Board considers a Director to be independent, it states so in its 
recommendation in the Notice of Meeting.

Nominees of the Board and/or Shareholders must meet the 
‘fit and proper person’ criteria outlined in BPNG Banking 
Prudential Standard BPS310: Fit and Proper Requirements 
before they can take their place on the Board. This includes an 
assessment of the person’s:

•        Honesty, integrity reputation, good character and fairness; 
•        Education, competence, capacity, capability; and 
•        Financial soundness.

Review of Board Performance

BSP has a process for periodically evaluating the performance 
of the Board, its Committees and individual Directors. 

This review is done annually with oversight from the RNC and 
is a process by which the Board regularly assesses its own 
performance in meeting its responsibilities. It also includes an 
assessment of the contribution of each individual Director. The 
Board is aware of the need:

• 

• 

• 

to continually identify areas for improvement; 

to ensure that it meets the highest standards of corporate 
governance; and

for the Board and each Director to make an appropriate 
contribution to the Group’s objective of providing value to 
all its stakeholders. 

This performance review is facilitated by an external 
consultant.

Executive and  
Senior Management 
Similar to Directors, BSP’s Executive and Senior Management 
also enter into employment contracts with BSP, which set 
out key information such as their terms of employment, 
position, duties, reporting lines, remuneration, and termination 
arrangements. 

The Board with the assistance of the RNC, sets the 
performance targets for the GCEO and other members 
of Executive and Senior Management, under BSP’s 
employee incentive arrangements set out in their respective 
employment contracts. The long-term and short-term incentive 
arrangements are administered by the RNC, with performance 
against the relevant targets assessed periodically throughout 

the year and a formal evaluation is undertaken annually with the 
last assessment undertaken in 2023.

Gender Diversity

As at 31 December 2023, 30% of BSP’s Board comprises of 
female Directors as three (3) of our ten Directors are women.  

A summary of the gender spread within BSP as at 31 
December 2023 is set out in the table below:

A Balanced Approach
BSP believes in the fair remuneration of all its employees from 
Directors through to Management and Staff. As its Executive 
and Senior Management teams are responsible for driving 
the Company’s vision, reporting to the Board and ensuring 
operational excellence, competitive remuneration packages are 
used to retain and attract the best talent available. 

Remuneration for Non-Executive Directors is assessed giving 
regard to a number of factors including the current fee cap and 
performance and contribution of each individual Non-Executive 
Director, with all these benchmarked against that of similar 
industry participants. 

The Remuneration Report in pages 54 to 65, gives a summary of 
the remuneration policy adopted by BSP.

The Board remains committed in promoting gender diversity 
across all levels of the Company and a copy of BSP’s Equality, 
Diversity and Inclusion Policy is available on the Company’s 
website.

Category

Board

Executive Management

Senior Management

Middle Management

Branch Management

Customer Service Officers

Entry Level

Specialist and Support Staff

Female

Male

3

4

73

391

187

761

62

835

7

7

141

273

101

631

277

859

Total ( excluding Board )

2,313

2,289

Total

10

11

214

664

288

1,392

339

1,694

4,602

42

43

OVERVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCE STATEMENTFINANCIALSTATEMENTSPERFORMANCE REVIEWREMUNERATION REPORTSHAREHOLDERINFORMATIONANNUAL REPORT 2023Board 
Committees

Meetings and Attendance

During 2023, four Committees of the Board were in operation, 
whose functions and powers were governed by their respective 
Charters. These Committees were the Board Audit and 
Compliance Committee (BACC), Board Risk Committee 
(BRC), the Remuneration and Nominations Committee (RNC) 
and the Disclosure Committee (DC). 

Scheduled meetings of the Board are held at least seven times 
a year and the Board meets on other occasions as necessary 
to deal with matters requiring attention. Meetings of the 
Committees are scheduled regularly during the year, aligning 
with Board meeting dates. The Board has a policy of rotating 
its meetings between locations both in Papua New Guinea 
and abroad where BSP has a significant presence. On these 
occasions, the Board also visits company operations and 
meets with local management and key customers.

The Chair, in consultation with the GCEO and Company 
Secretary, determines meeting agendas. Meetings provide 
regular opportunities for the Board to assess BSP’s 
management of financial, strategic and major risk areas. 
To help ensure that all Directors are able to contribute 
meaningfully, papers are provided to Board members one week 
in advance of the meeting. Broad ranging discussion on all 
agenda items is encouraged with healthy debate seen as vital 
to the decision making process.

Membership of the Committees and a record of attendance 
at Committee meetings during 2023 are detailed in the table 
below. Remuneration details are provided in the Remuneration 
Report from page 54 to 65 and the Financial Note 36 - 
Directors’ and Executive Remuneration on page 123.

Committee Structure 
Committee members are chosen for the skills, experience and 
other qualities they bring to the respective Committees.  At 
the next Board meeting following each Committee meeting, 
the Chair of the respective Committee gives the Committee’s 
report to the Board. 

Board Audit and Compliance 
Committee (BACC)

The BACC assists the Board to discharge its responsibilities 
of oversight and governance in relation to financial, audit and 
compliance matters. The responsibilities of the BACC include 
monitoring:

• 

• 

the integrity of BSP’s financial statements and their 
independent audit;

the financial reporting principles and policies, controls and 
procedures;

•  BSP’s internal audit process;

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

the effectiveness of internal controls;

the controls and effectiveness of BSP's compliance 
obligations;

the systems for ensuring operational efficiency and cost 
control;

the systems for approval and monitoring of expenditure 
including capital expenditure; and

the processes for monitoring compliance with laws and 
regulations (both in PNG and in overseas jurisdictions, 
where BSP operates) and the implementation of Board 
decisions by management.

Membership of the BACC is formed amongst the Non-
Executive Directors, excluding the Chair. The BACC must have 
a minimum of three Non-Executive Directors, the majority of 
whom must be independent. The Board may also appoint to 
the BACC additional individuals who are not executives or 
members of the Board who have specialised skills to assist 
the BACC. The chair of the BACC must be an appropriately 
experienced independent Non-Executive Director, other than 
the Chair (or other Board committee chair).

The BACC must meet at least four times annually and special 
meetings may be convened as required. Minutes of all BACC 
meetings must be recorded and tabled at the subsequent 
BACC meeting. The BACC regularly reports to the Board at 
the earliest possible Board meeting after each BACC meeting 
about any matters that should be brought to the attention of the 
Board and any recommendations requiring Board action.

Board Risk Committee (BRC)

The BRC assists the Board to discharge its responsibilities of 
oversight and governance in relation to the implementation of 
BSP’s risk management framework. The responsibilities of the 
BRC are to:  

•  review and monitor the principles, policies, strategies, 

processes and control frameworks for the management 
of risk (such as credit risk, market risk, liquidity risk, 
operational risk, cyber security, reputational risk and other 
risks that may arise);

•  oversee BSP’s risk profile and risk management strategy, 

and recommend BSP’s risk appetite statement. 

Membership of the BRC is formed amongst the Non-Executive 
Directors, excluding the Chair. The BRC must have a minimum 
of three Non-Executive Directors, the majority of whom must 
be independent. The Board may also appoint to the BRC 
additional individuals, who are not executives or members 
of the Board who have specialised skills to assist the BRC. 
The chair of the BRC must be an appropriately experienced 
independent Non-Executive Director, other than the Chair (or 
other Board committee chair).

The BRC must meet at least four times annually and special 
meetings may be convened as required. Minutes of all BRC 
meetings must be recorded and tabled at the subsequent BRC 
meeting. The BRC regularly reports to the Board at the earliest 
possible Board meeting after each BRC meeting about any 
matters that should be brought to the attention of the Board 
and any recommendations requiring Board action.

Remuneration and Nominations 
Committee (RNC)
The RNC assists the Board in fulfilling its oversight 
responsibilities regarding the remuneration, succession and 
recruitment of Directors, Executives and other BSP employees. 
The responsibilities of the RNC are: 

• 

• 

• 

• 

to oversee the selection and appointment of the GCEO, 
and setting an appropriate remuneration and benefits 
package for recommendation to the full Board;
to determine and review appropriate remuneration and 
benefits of Directors for recommendation to the full Board, 
and subsequently to the shareholders;
in conjunction with the GCEO, to identify and maintain 
a clear succession plan for the Executive Management 
Team, ensuring an appropriate mix of skills and 
experience as well as appropriate remuneration and 
benefits packages are in place and reviewed regularly;
to ensure that the Board itself maintains an appropriate 
mix of skills and experience necessary to fulfil its 
responsibilities to shareholders while maintaining a world 
class Corporate Governance regime; and

•  Board succession planning and recommendation to the 

Board for appointment of new directors.

The RNC is comprised of three Non-Executive Directors. The 
chair of the Remuneration and Nominations Committee must 
be one of the independent Directors, other than the Chair of the 
Board. 

The RNC must meet at least once annually and special 
meetings may be convened as required. Minutes of all RNC 
meetings must be recorded and tabled at the subsequent RNC 
meeting. The RNC regularly reports to the Board at the earliest 
possible Board meeting after each RNC meeting about any 
matters that should be brought to the attention of the Board 
and any recommendations requiring Board action.

Director

Board

BACC

BRC

Sir Kostas G. Constantinou

Robert Bradshaw

Mark Robinson

Arthur Sam

Stuart Davis

Frank Bouraga

Symon Brewis-Weston 

Priscilla Kevin

Ian Tarutia

Faamausili Dr. Matagialofi Lua’iufi

Patricia Taureka-Seruvatu

Independent Committee Members (ICMs)

Vele Rupa

Serena Sasingian

Paul Morgan

1/1

7/7

7/7

7/7

7/7

7/7

7/7

7/7

5/5

7/7

7/7

2/3

-

-

-

-

6/6

6/6

6/6

6/6

2/2

2/2

2/2

-

2/2

-

3/3

3/6

-

-

6/6

6/6

6/6

-

6/6

6/6

4/4

-

-

2/3

4/6

3/3

RNC

-

1/1

-

-

-

-

4/4

2/2

-

6/6

6/6

-

-

-

44

45

OVERVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCE STATEMENTFINANCIALSTATEMENTSPERFORMANCE REVIEWREMUNERATION REPORTSHAREHOLDERINFORMATIONANNUAL REPORT 2023Board 
Committees

continued

Disclosure Committee (DC)

Board Skills Matrix 

BSP has in place a Board skills matrix that was developed 
following a Board assessment undertaken in 2019. Skills that 
form part of this matrix include Risk Management, Regulatory/ 
Government Policy, Business and Financial acumen, 
experience as a Non-Executive Director, Remuneration and 
Corporate Governance.

Since 2019, subsequent appointments to fill vacancies have 
been made giving regard to this matrix. In doing so, the Board 
ensures it has a broad range of skills, experience and expertise 
that enables it to meet its objectives. The Board accepts that it 
has a responsibility to Shareholders to ensure that it maintains 
an appropriate mix of skills and experience (without gender 
bias) within its membership.

Established by the Board, the DC comprises of the Chair (or in 
his/her absence, another Non-Executive Director), the Group 
Chief Executive Officer, the Group Chief Financial Officer, the 
Group Chief Risk Officer and the Company Secretary. The 
chair of the Disclosure Committee is the most senior Director 
present. The members of the DC may vary from time to time, 
but will consist of at least a Non-Executive Director, two 
Executive Employees (not including the Company Secretary) 
and the Company Secretary. 

The Disclosure Committee is responsible for, among other 
things:

•  approving the release of any announcement to PNGX and 

ASX other than:

•  an announcement that relates to a matter which is both 
material and strategically important, which will require 
approval by the Board; or

•  procedural matters such as notice of changes to equity 

securities or directors’ holdings, which will require approval 
by the Disclosure Officer;

•  considering whether BSP is obliged or is required to 

respond to a market rumour or media speculation; and

•  overseeing the Disclosure Officer’s administration of the 

Continuous Disclosure Policy. 

Unlike other Committees, the DC is not required to have 
scheduled meetings throughout the year, but meets regularly 
whenever a market disclosure is required. 

Each Committee member should be capable of making 
a valuable contribution to the respective Committee and 
membership is reviewed annually by the Board, with this 
forming part of the Board’s annual performance review. 

Risk Management  
And Compliance 

Approach to Risk 
Management

Risk Management Roles 
 and Responsibilities

The Group’s risk management activities are aimed at achieving 
the Group’s objectives, goals and strategy. In consultation with 
the Executive Committee, the Board determines BSP’s risk 
appetite and risk tolerance, which is reflected in the Group Risk 
Appetite Statement. These benchmarks are used in the risk 
identification, analysis and risk evaluation processes.

The Board has delegated to the BRC the responsibility 
of annually reviewing the risk management framework. 
This framework requires ongoing risk identification and 
management across all areas and functions within the Group. 
It is a requirement that the Executive Committee annually 
review the top Group enterprise wide risks and present the 
report and remediation plan to BRC for recommendation to the 
Board for approval. This review allows the Group to reassess 
the top inherent risks in the business and provides Senior 
Management the opportunity to review processes to ensure 
adequate controls and resources are in place to manage these 
risks. It also provides the Board a high-level view of the risks 
threatening the business objectives of BSP Group. 

The Board regularly review the system of internal controls 
which cover the management of financial, operational, 
environmental, and social risk and compliance. The Board 
are satisfied that these controls are appropriate. A detailed 
summary of our risks and the management of those risks can 
be found in our risk disclosure section on pages 27-31 of this 
annual report.

The overall responsibility for risk management lies with the 
Board and it accepts responsibility for ensuring it has a clear 
understanding of the types of risks inherent in the Group’s 
activities.

BSP implements a formal system of financial and operational 
delegation from the Board to the GCEO and from the GCEO to 
General Managers. These delegations reflect the Group’s risk 
appetite and cascade down to managers who have skills and 
experience to exercise them judiciously.

The Board defines the accountabilities (including delegated 
approval, control authorities, and limits), and reporting and 
monitoring requirements for the risk management process. 
The severity of risks identified in the management process 
are recorded in the risk registers and determine the approval, 
control authorities, and limits. The Board undertakes an annual 
review of the Group’s Enterprise Wide Risks.

The Board has adopted guidelines with the help of 
management analysis, covering the maximum loss exposure 
the Group is able and willing to assume. These guidelines 
are detailed in the Group’s Risk Appetite Statement and Risk 
Policy and Procedures Manual, which have been approved 
by the Board. The Board has also delegated to the BRC 
responsibility for overview of loss control and for overseeing 
the risk management function.

The BRC is responsible for receiving reports and providing 
regular updates and recommendations to the Board on the 
risk management activities of the Group, especially relating 
to risk issues that are outside of the authority of the Group’s 
Executive Committee and other delegated Committees to 
approve.

46

47

OVERVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCE STATEMENTFINANCIALSTATEMENTSPERFORMANCE REVIEWREMUNERATION REPORTSHAREHOLDERINFORMATIONANNUAL REPORT 2023Assurance 
and Control

Financial Statements and 
Corporate Reports

The BACC reviews the half-year and full-year financial 
statements to determine whether they are complete and 
consistent with the information known to Committee members 
and to assess whether the financial statements reflect 
appropriate accounting principles. In particular it: 

•  pays attention to complex and/or unusual transactions;

• 

focuses on judgmental areas, for example those involving 
valuation of assets and liabilities, provisions, litigation 
reserves and other commitments and contingencies;

•  meets with management and the external auditors to 

review the financial statements and the results of the audit; 
and

Additionally, all General Managers and Country Heads provide 
monthly reports regarding the following: 

•  assessment and documentation of the risks and internal 
control procedures in the respective Strategic Business 
Units; 

•  any changes in business, operations and computer 

systems and the risks that may arise from those changes 
have been identified;

•  appropriateness and operating efficiency of the risk 
management and internal compliance and control 
systems; and

• 

identification and remedial action (if required) of any 
weaknesses in the risk management and internal 
compliance and control systems.

•  satisfies itself as to the accuracy of the financial accounts 
and signs off on the financial accounts of BSP before they 
are submitted to the Board.

Board Access to 
Information and Advice

All Directors have unrestricted access to company records 
and information and receive regular detailed financial and 
operational reports to enable them to carry out their duties.

The General Managers of each PNG Strategic Business Unit, 
Heads of Subsidiaries and Country Managers make regular 
presentations to the Board on their areas of responsibility.

The Chair and the other Non-Executive Directors have the 
opportunity to meet with the GCEO, General Managers, Heads 
of Subsidiaries and Country Managers for further consultation 
and to discuss issues associated with the fulfilment of their 
roles as Directors.

The Board recognizes that in certain circumstances, individual 
Directors may need to seek independent professional advice, 
at the expense of BSP, on matters arising in the course of 
their duties. Any advice so received is made available to other 
Directors. Any Director seeking such advice is required to 
give prior notice to the Chair of his or her intention to seek 
independent professional advice.

BSP does not release its half-year accounts unless they have 
been reviewed by the external auditors. The full-year financial 
statements are not released unless they have been audited by 
the external auditors and approved by both the BACC and the 
Board. 

All other market announcements and corporate reports are 
reviewed and approved by the Disclosure Committee (DC) prior 
to lodgement with the respective stock exchanges.

Management 
Assurance

The Board is provided with regular reports about BSP’s 
financial condition and operating performance. Annually, the 
GCEO and the Group Chief Financial Officer certify to the 
Board that: 

• 

• 

• 

in their opinion, the financial records of the Group have 
been properly maintained;

in their opinion, the financial statements comply with the 
appropriate accounting standards and give a true and fair 
view of the financial position and performance of BSP; and

their opinions above have been formed on the basis of a 
sound system of risk management and internal control 
applying to BSP, which is operating effectively. 

External 
Audit

Internal
Audit

The BACC is responsible for making recommendations to the 
Board on appointment and terms of engagement of BSP’s 
external auditors. The selection is made from appropriately 
qualified auditors in accordance with Board policy.

BSP has an internal audit function. Upon Management’s 
recommendation, the BACC approves the appointment of the 
Head of Internal Audit, who functionally reports to the BACC. 
The BACC also meets regularly with the Head of Internal Audit. 

The Board submits the name of the external auditors to 
Shareholders for ratification on an annual basis. In line with 
BPNG Prudential Standard 7/2005 – External Auditors, the 
signing partner in the external audit firm must be rotated every 
five years.

The BACC reviews annually the performance of the external 
auditors and where appropriate, makes recommendations 
to the Board regarding the continuation or otherwise of their 
appointment, consistent with the Prudential Standards while 
ensuring their independence is in line with Board policy.

There is a review of the external auditor’s proposed audit scope 
and approach, to ensure there are no unjustified restrictions. 
Meetings are held separately with the external auditors to 
discuss any matters that the BACC or the external auditors 
believe should be discussed privately. The external auditor 
attends meetings of the BACC at which the external audit, half 
yearly and annual reviews are agenda items.

The BACC ensures that significant findings and 
recommendations made by the external auditors are promptly 
received and discussed, and that Management responds to 
recommendations by the external auditors in a timely manner.

The duly appointed external audit firm may not be engaged 
by BSP to provide specialist advisory or consultancy services 
while also being engaged for services to conduct BSP’s 
annual audit and related services. Services related to the 
preparation of BSP’s corporate tax return are not prohibited. 
The external auditor is invited to the Annual General Meeting 
of Shareholders and is available to answer relevant questions 
from Shareholders. BSP’s external audit firm is currently 
PricewaterhouseCoopers (PwC). Representatives of PwC 
will attend the Annual General Meeting in May 2024 and be 
available to answer Shareholder questions regarding the audit.

Reviews are undertaken of the scope of the work of the internal 
audit function to ensure no unjustified restrictions or limitations 
have been placed upon the Internal Audit Business Unit. The 
scope of work carried out by the Internal Audit function stems 
from the annual Internal Audit Plan, which the BACC reviews 
and approves. The BACC also reviews the qualifications 
of internal audit personnel and endorses the appointment, 
replacement, reassignment or dismissal of the internal auditors.

The BACC meets separately with the internal auditors to 
discuss any matters that the BACC, or the internal auditors, 
believe should be discussed privately. The Head of Internal 
Audit has direct access to the BACC and the Board. The BACC 
ensures that significant findings and recommendations made 
by the internal auditors are received and discussed promptly, 
and that Management responds to recommendations by the 
internal auditors on a timely basis.

Compliance

The BACC reviews the effectiveness of the systems for 
monitoring compliance with all legal and regulatory obligations 
and the Company Constitution. It also reviews the results 
of Management’s investigation and follow-up (including 
disciplinary action) of any fraudulent acts, or non-compliance.

The BACC obtains regular updates from Management 
regarding compliance matters, and satisfies itself that all 
regulatory compliance matters have been considered in the 
preparation of the financial statements.

The Committee also undertakes reviews of the findings from 
any examinations by regulatory agencies undertaken. The 
Chair of the BACC has the right to approach a regulator directly 
in the event of a prudential issue arising.

The Bank and the Group, to the best of the Directors’ 
knowledge, has not engaged in any activities which materially 
contravene laws and regulations in relevant jurisdictions.

48

49

OVERVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCE STATEMENTFINANCIALSTATEMENTSPERFORMANCE REVIEWREMUNERATION REPORTSHAREHOLDERINFORMATIONANNUAL REPORT 2023Culture and 
Conduct

Core Values

Code of Conduct

Whistleblowing

Restrictions of Trading

BSP’s comprehensive corporate governance framework is 
underpinned by its core values: 

• 

Integrity – we are honest, committed, trustworthy and 
reliable in our dealings with our customers and each other. 

•  Leadership – we inspire, we change and we live our values 

and lead by example.

•  People – we respect and value our people and our 

customers.

•  Professionalism – we commit ourselves to continual self-
development to achieve standards of excellence in our 
performance.

•  Quality – we are committed to excellence whilst striving for 

continuous improvement in products and services.

•  Teamwork – we work with and for each other; we progress 

together. 

•  Community – we respect, value and support the 

communities in which we operate

This is encompassed in the Group’s Statement of Vision, 
Mission and Values, which is approved by the Board and acts 
as a guide for all employees in the day-to-day performance of 
their individual functions within the Group. 

BSP acknowledges the need for Directors and employees 
at all levels to observe the highest standards of ethical 
behaviour when undertaking business. To this end, the Board 
has adopted a Group-wide Code of Conduct for Directors, 
Management and all Staff whilst further stipulating that 
each Director comply with the Code. To ensure the ongoing 
maintenance of high standards of corporate behaviour, the 
Board encourages Senior Management to periodically issue 
staff communications to reinforce both the Code and Core 
Values Statements.   

All Directors are encouraged to maintain membership of an 
appropriate Directors’ Association to keep abreast of current 
trends in Directors’ duties, responsibilities and corporate 
governance issues. Training on the Code is carried out annually 
across the Group and all Directors, Management and Staff are 
required to submit declarations attesting full understanding of 
and compliance with the Code. 

Reports of breaches of the Code are regularly provided to 
Senior Management and noted at the BRC meetings. 

Anti-Bribery and Anti-Corruption

BSP has a zero tolerance approach to bribery and corruption 
and this is reinforced by its Anti-Bribery and Anti-Corruption 
Policy. BSP recognises that acts of bribery and corruption 
are detrimental to the growth and prosperity of our business, 
the individuals and organisations we affiliate with and the 
communities that we operate in. As a business, BSP is 
mindful of the consequences of bribery and corruption, which 
may result in both financial and reputational loss, alongside 
imposition of regulatory sanctions. 

Compliance with the policy by Management and Staff remains 
closely monitored, with regular updates on breaches and material 
incidents reported under the policy provided to management and 
the BACC. 

BSP is committed to a culture in which it is safe and acceptable 
for employees, customers and suppliers to raise concerns 
about poor or unacceptable practices, irregularities, corruption, 
fraud and misconduct. The Group has adopted a Fraud 
& Whistleblower Policy that is designed to support and 
encourage staff to report in good faith matters such as: 

Directors and Management of the Group are subject to trading 
restrictions set out in the Papua New Guinea Capital Market 
Act 2015 for buying, selling or subscribing for securities in 
the Group if they are in possession of inside information. This 
includes information, which is not generally available, and, if it 
were generally available, a reasonable person would expect to 
have a material effect on the price or value of BSP securities.

•  unacceptable practices;

• 

irregularities, or conduct, which is an offence or a breach 
of laws of the countries in which BSP operates in (actions 
and decisions against the laws of relevant countries 
including non-compliance);

•  corruption;

• 

fraud;

•  misrepresentation of facts;

•  decisions made and actions taken outside established 

BSP policies and procedures;

•  sexual harassment;

•  abuse of delegated authorities;

•  misuse of Group assets.

Similar to the Code of Conduct, breaches or material incidents 
reported under the Fraud and Whistleblower Policy are 
reported during BRC meetings. 

Furthermore, Directors and Management may only trade in the 
securities of the Group, subject to the foregoing insider trading 
restrictions, during each of the trading windows specified 
in BSP’s Securities Dealing Policy. Senior Management is 
required to request approval from the GCEO ahead of trading, 
who in turn will keep the Chair of the Board appraised of 
management activities. Directors are also subject to similar 
restrictions and must seek approval from the Chair prior to 
conducting any trades. Other actions such as hedging, margin 
lending and speculative short term trading are also prohibited 
under the policy.

50

51

OVERVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCE STATEMENTFINANCIALSTATEMENTSPERFORMANCE REVIEWREMUNERATION REPORTSHAREHOLDERINFORMATIONANNUAL REPORT 2023Compliance with ASX and PNGX 
corporate governance 
recommendations

This statement has been approved by the Board of BSP 
Financial Group Limited and is current as at 31 December 
2023. BSP's Appendix 4G (a checklist that cross references 
the disclosures in this Statement to the ASX Corporate 
Governance Principles and Recommendations) is available in 
the Corporate Governance section of the BSP website.

BSP continues to work towards complying with Standards 
15, 16 and 17 under the newly issued PNGX Corporate 
Governance Code.  BSP has engaged independent 
Environmental, Social and Governance (ESG) specialists 
to understand the most important environmental and social 
risks and impacts towards which resources would be most 
appropriately directed.  The specialists have employed an 

evidence base approach upon which to prioritise BSP’s 
environmental and social risks and opportunities and assist in 
drafting BSP’s inaugural Sustainability Policy.  

In addition, our executive team commenced the integration 
of ESG into BSP’s corporate strategy during 2024, and 
the establishment of an action plan and governing body / 
assignment of accountabilities for its operationalisation. 

Continuous 
Disclosure

BSP’s continuous disclosure regime, set by its Continuous 
Disclosure Policy, is fundamental to the rights of Shareholders 
to receive information concerning their securities. An important 
aspect of BSP’s approach to shareholder communication 
is to comply with the continuous disclosure regime and to 
implement a best practice disclosure policy. 

The Board has delegated the responsibility of reviewing 
and approving market announcements to the DC. Following 
approval by the DC, market announcements are issued to the 
respective exchanges for release to market. Ordinarily, these 
announcements are reviewed and approved by the Board 
ahead of issue and release, however in instances where an 
urgent or unexpected matter arises that warrants immediate 
disclosure, the DC reviews and approves for release with other 
Board members notified accordingly following release. In those 
instances, formal ratification of DC approval takes place at the 
next Board meeting.

Commitment to
Shareholders

BSP commits to dealing fairly, transparently and openly with 
both current and prospective Shareholders using available 
channels and technologies to communicate widely and 
promptly. Information about the Company including an 
overview, our history, Board and Management are available on 
the website. Our website also contains information on corporate 
governance including all of BSP’s charters and policies.

BSP is dedicated to facilitating participation in Shareholder 
meetings and dealing promptly with shareholder enquiries. Our 
Shareholder Communications Policy focuses on compliance 
with disclosure obligations, whilst aspiring to be at the forefront 
of best practice in disclosure. Our approach for communicating 
with Shareholders is to communicate concisely and accurately: 

After confirmation of release to the market, all market 
announcements are immediately posted to BSP’s website. 
As at 31 December 2023, all market announcements made 
by BSP since 2018 are currently available on the website. 
Where BSP provides financial results’ briefings to analysts or 
the media, these briefings are published on the BSP website 
as soon as possible after the event. In any event, no material 
information, which has not been previously released to the 
market, is covered in such briefings. The material upon which 
the briefing is based (such as slides or presentations) is 
released to the market prior to the briefing.

BSP’s insider trading rules are important adjuncts to the 
continuous disclosure regime in ensuring that Shareholders 
are given fair access to material information regarding 
securities. BSP seeks to limit the opportunity for insider trading 
in its own securities through its Securities Dealing Policy. 

Directors and Senior Management at these events, and any 
presentation material provided at these events are released 
as announcements to the market prior to commencement and 
subsequently uploaded to BSP’s website.

The Company’s Annual General Meeting is another shareholder 
forum used to communicate financial performance and 
strategies, in line with disclosure policies. BSP gives great 
consideration to its shareholders and hosts its Annual General 
Meeting at a central location that is accessible and can cater 
for large audiences. Significant effort is made to ensure 
shareholders can participate and a meeting guide with sufficient 
information on how to join, vote and participate accompanies 
the notice of meeting.

• 

the BSP strategy;

•  how we implement that strategy; and

• 

the financial results consequent upon our strategy and its 
implementation.

It is noted that the thresholds at which shareholders may 
demand a poll are low and provide assurance to shareholders 
wishing to invoke the “one security one vote” principle and 
wishing to have substantial resolutions decided by a poll.

To facilitate effective communication between BSP, its 
shareholders, potential investors, analysts and other financial 
markets participants, BSP conducts periodic market briefings, 
which include half and full year results announcements. 
BSP also hosts events and attends conferences and 
forums regularly. Stakeholders are given access to BSP 

BSP gives Shareholders the option to send and receive 
communications from BSP and its share registries 
electronically. In recent years, we have increased efforts to go 
paperless and continue to encourage shareholders to provide 
email addresses by which they can receive digital copies of all 
shareholder communications. 

52

53

OVERVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCE STATEMENTFINANCIALSTATEMENTSPERFORMANCE REVIEWREMUNERATION REPORTSHAREHOLDERINFORMATIONANNUAL REPORT 2023Remuneration 
Report

1.0 

Executive Summary  
The aim of the Remuneration Report (Report) is to provide details that the Board believes are essential for shareholders 
to understand BSP Financial Group Limited’s remuneration framework. This is intended to deliver specific operating 
financial and non-financial outcomes. There is no statutory requirement for Remuneration Reporting under International 
Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) and as a PNG incorporated entity, BSP is not required to have this remuneration 
report audited. 

2.0 

Message from the Remuneration and Nominations Committee Chairman

Short Term Incentive (STI) outcomes

All BSP Group employees received performance-based 
short-term incentives in line with approved comprehensive 
operational and financial key performance indicators 
(KPIs) of the STI, plan as outlined in Section 5.1 of this 
Report.

Long Term Incentive (LTI) outcomes

BSP offers a long-term incentive (LTI) plan that utilises 
Earnings Per Share (EPS) as the basis for a matrix to 
calculate LTI payout.  For the 2022-2023 LTI, the Earnings 
per Share (EPS) threshold was determined by adjusting 
the Statutory NPAT of K890.2 million by K209.0 million, to 
account for the increase in corporate tax rate change from 
30% to 45%. This adjustment led to an amended NPAT 
of K1,099.2 million, exceeding the threshold for 50% of 
performance rights. Consequently, the LTI plan vested, 
and eligible staff received their payments as outlined in 
Section 5.2 of this Report.

I hope you find this Remuneration Report informative. On 
behalf of the Remuneration and Nomination Committee 
I would also like to thank you for your support as a BSP 
shareholder.

Faamausili Dr. Matagialofi Lua’iufi

Chair BSP Board Remuneration and Nominations 
Committee

I am delighted to present the 2023 Remuneration Report 
for BSP Financial Group Limited (BSP) on behalf of the 
Remuneration and Nominations Committee (RNC) and 
the Board. 

The Report focuses on the remuneration structure and 
outcomes for our Key Management Personnel (KMP) for 
BSP, which includes Non-Executive Directors and Group 
Executives. Group Executives are BSP employees who 
have the authority and responsibility to plan, direct, and 
oversee BSP's operations.

Our Remuneration Strategy

At BSP, we view our people as our most important asset. 
The objective of our remuneration strategy is to ensure 
that we can attract and retain talented employees by 
offering market competitive remuneration, with variable 
remuneration outcomes aligned with the financial 
performance of BSP. Section 4 of this Report provides a 
detailed overview of our fixed and variable remuneration 
structure, including any additional benefits.

Governance is a fundamental part of our remuneration 
culture, with the Board approving any executive 
remuneration packages that are endorsed by the RNC in 
accordance within BSP remuneration guidelines. Further 
information on our governance framework can be found in 
Section 7 of this Report.

BSP’s Non-Executive Directors are remunerated on a fixed 
basis within an aggregate Directors’ fee pool. Directors are 
not paid any retirement or superannuation benefits, nor 
do they participate in any employee incentive schemes or 
share option. Further information on our approach to Non-
Executive Director remuneration can be found in Section 8 
of this Report.

54

55

OVERVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCE STATEMENTFINANCIALSTATEMENTSPERFORMANCE REVIEWREMUNERATION REPORTSHAREHOLDERINFORMATIONANNUAL REPORT 20233.0         Key Management Personnel

4.0         Executive Remuneration Framework

In 2023, KMP comprised the GCEO, Group Executives and Non-Executive Directors as set out in the table below. KMP is 
defined as those persons having authority and responsibility for planning, directing and controlling the activities of an entity, 
directly or indirectly, including any director (whether executive or otherwise) of that entity.

BSP's remuneration policy for Executives is comprised of a fixed component and an at risk component, constituting a 
combination of short term and long term incentives. Remuneration packages are reviewed by the RNC and recommended 
for approval by the Board. Fixed remuneration is reviewed annually taking into account the nature of the role, comparable 
market pay levels, and individual and business performance.

Position 

KMP Term

Name

Board Members

Sir Kostas G. Constantinou, OBE1 

Robert G. Bradshaw2  

Chairman

Chairman 

Arthur Sam

Stuart A. Davis

Faamausili Dr. Matagialofi Lua’iufi

Priscilla Kevin

Frank D. Bouraga

Symon G. Brewis-Weston

Patricia F. Taureka-Seruvatu

Ian A. Tarutia3 

Director

Director

Director

Director

Director

Director

Director

Director

Executives

Mark T. Robinson4  

Ronesh Dayal

Nuni Kulu5 

Frank van der Poll6  

Mike Hallinan7  

Roger Hastie8  

Peter Beswick

Rohan George

Hari Rabura

Daniel Faunt

Vandhna Narayan

Richard Nicholls9 

Group Chief Executive Officer

Group Chief Financial Officer

Group Chief Operating Officer

Group Chief Operating Officer

Group Chief Risk Officer

Group Chief Risk Officer

Group General Manager Corporate Banking

Group General Manager Treasury & Markets

Group General Manager Human Resources

Group General Manager Retail Banking

Group General Manager Compliance

Group Chief Information Officer

Maryann Lameko-Vaai

General Manager Pacific Markets

Mary Johns10  

Jamie-Lee Loh11  

Company Secretary

Acting Company Secretary

1 Sir Kostas G. Constantinou OBE resigned 28 February 2023

2 Robert Bradshaw, appointed Chairman 1 March 2023

3 Ian Tarutia, appointed 21 April 2023

4 Mark T Robinson, appointed 1 March 2023

5 Nuni Kulu, appointed 27 April 2023

6 Frank Van der Poll, resigned 26 April 2023

7 Mike Hallinan, appointed 27 March 2023 in an acting role  
  as Group Chief Risk Officer

8 Roger Hastie, resigned 16 March 2023

9 Richard Nicholls, appointed 1 March 2023

10 Mary Johns, resigned 14 July 2023  

11Jamie-Lee Loh, appointed 15 July 2023

Part year

Full year

Full year

Full year

Full year

Full year

Full year

Full year

Full year

Part year

Part year

Full year

Full year

Part year

Part year

Part year

Full year

Full year

Full year

Full year

Full year

Part year

Full year

Part year

Part year

Executives who serve as Directors of subsidiaries of BSP, receive no fees for their service as a Director.

Executive Remuneration – Non-Statutory Disclosure

All amounts are expressed in K’000

Name 

Executives

Year

Salary

Short-term 
incentive

Value of 
benefits

Final 
entitlement

Long-term 
incentive

Leave 
Encashment

Total

Robin Fleming

2023

-

-

Group Chief Executive 
Officer

2022

4,103

2,480

Mark T. Robinson

2023

3,090

2,686

Group Chief Executive 
Officer

2022

-

-

-

55

38

-

Ronesh Dayal

2023

1,497

354

159

Group Chief Financial 
Officer

2022

1,308

420

161

Frank van der Poll

2023

849

Group Chief Operating 
Officer

2022

1,470

Michael Hallinan

Group Chief Risk Officer

Roger Hastie

Group Chief Risk Officer

2023

2022

2023

2022

1,096

530

350

638

-

374

263

-

-

200

93

97

-

17

7

59

Peter Beswick

2023

1,361

349

114

Group General Manager 
Corporate Banking

2022

1,228

364

116

Rohan George

2023

1,250

Group General Manager 
Treasury & Markets

2022

1,102

301

326

59

61

Hari Rabura

2023

1,001

224

164

Group General Manager 
People & Culture

2022

974

257

186

Daniel Faunt

2023

1,361

303

204

Group General Manager 
Retail

2022

1,237

372

208

-

-

-

-

826

1,653

5,895

15,012

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

233

670

-

670

-

-

-

376

233

564

196

564

154

444

233

564

-

-

-

5,814

-

2,243

142

2,701

263

1,203

204

2,815

-

1,359

471

1,018

178

535

-

-

-

-

1,273

2,057

2,272

1,807

50

2,103

-

1,543

72

1,933

-

2,101

97

2,478

56

57

OVERVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCE STATEMENTFINANCIALSTATEMENTSPERFORMANCE REVIEWREMUNERATION REPORTSHAREHOLDERINFORMATIONANNUAL REPORT 20234.0 

Executive Remuneration (continued)

4.3 

Benefits

Executive Remuneration – Non-Statutory Disclosure (continued)

Name 

Year

Salary

Executives (continued)

Vandhna Narayan

Group General Manager 
Compliance

2023

2022

1,127

974

Richard Nicholls

Group Chief Information 
Officer

2023

2022

1,219

-

Nuni Kulu

Group Chief Operating 
Officer

2023

2022

1,090

974

Maryann Lameko-Vaai 

General Manager Pacific 
Markets

2023

2022

1,078

196

Mary Johns

Company Secretary

Jamie-Lee Loh

Acting Company 
Secretary

2023

2022

2023

2022

289

513

122

-

Short-
term 
incentive

Value of 
benefits

Final 
entitlement

Long-
term 
incentive

Leave 
Encashment

Total

303

258

292

-

286

278

303

-

-

139

29

-

33

34

52

-

119

112

156

11

49

87

37

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

202

444

213

-

188

444

183

-

-

246

18

-

-

15

-

-

-

-

-

-

552

57

-

-

1,665

1,725

1,777

-

1,682

1,808

1,720

207

891

1,042

205

-

Note: Remuneration reflected in the table above relates to the period the staff member was in a KMP role. Contracts are in AUD, 
PGK equivalent will vary based on exchange rate.

4.1 

Fixed Remuneration
BSP’s fixed remuneration comprises cash salary, salary sacrifice for citizen staff, employer superannuation contributions 
and contractual benefits. The purpose of fixed pay is to attract and retain employees by paying market competitive pay 
for the role, skills and experience required by the business. This may include salary, fixed pay allowance housing benefits 
and  other  cash  allowances  in  accordance  with  local  market  practices.  These  payments  are  fixed  and  do  not  vary  with 
performance.

4.2 

Short Term Incentive (STI)

STI’s are incentives that BSP awards to staff at a given time of up to one year. BSP refers to the STI as the Annual 
Performance based bonus scheme. The scheme focuses on rewarding employees for performance and is paid at the 
end of each calendar year for all staff excluding Executives (Group Chief Executive Officer, Strategic Business Unit 
General Managers and Country Heads) who are paid in March the following year after annual accounts are released.

This incentive is determined by the employees’ individual performance and the overall BSP Group performance, based 
on the achievement of Key Performance Indicators (KPIs). KPIs are split between:

i. 

ii. 

iii. 

iv. 

v. 

58

Net Profit After Tax (NPAT) budget;

Target cost to income ratio;

Individual Strategic Business Unit (SBU) performance including achieving SBU budget;

Implementation of critical strategic imperatives; and

Important SBU performance matrices, and specific individual KPI’s such as promoting vision and values  
staff training, customer survey outcomes, staff engagement survey feedback and the like.

These cover accommodation, airfares, motor vehicle, school fees, club fees and club memberships based on industry 
wide practice and amounts vary annually depending on market rates.

4.4 

Long Term Incentive (LTI) Plan
BSP also has a LTI for certain senior employees. BSP’s LTI is designed to align executive compensation to shareholder 
interests and to reward Executives (includes Deputy General Managers and Country Heads), Senior Managers and high 
potential employees such as Leadership and Management Development Program participants for their contribution to 
long-term financial results that drive shareholder value. The LTI assists in the recruitment, retention and motivation of 
Executives, Senior Managers and Critical and High Performing employees of the BSP Group. The LTI is a two (2) year 
performance based plan which commences on 1 January and ends on 31 December of the second year.

Key features under LTI include:

i. 

ii. 

The Group Earnings Per Share (EPS) is the performance measure or the proxy to share price.

The vesting period is two years based on BSP’s financial year cycle. The performance rights issued in  
2021 were vested in 2023.

Number

Approved 
EPS Hurdles

EPS target to 
be achieved

Target NPAT

Percentage of Performance Rights to 
exercise

1

2

3

107.5%>

102.5%>

97.5%

As recommended by RNC 
and approved by Board 
each LTI cycle

As recommended by 
RNC and approved by 
Board each LTI cycle

150% of Performance rights

100% of Performance rights

50% of Performance rights

Exercising the performance rights is subject to the condition that BSP’s net profit after tax (NPAT) for the vesting year is 
above BSP’s NPAT in the prior year.

Participants are personally responsible for any income tax liability in respect of payments made under the LTI. If a 
participant resigns due to health reasons or retires prior to vesting, awards may be made in full or pro rata at the time of 
exit, at the sole discretion of the Board. If a participant resigns, or their employment is terminated on disciplinary grounds 
prior to vesting, awards are not granted.

4.5 

Performance Based
Performance based benefits are awarded to employees when Key Performance Indicators (KPI) are met. This is 
inclusive of the following:

i.  Annual Salary Review

In line with the performance bonus rating scale above, BSP also conducts annual salary reviews each year. Staff 
salaries are reviewed and adjusted based on the performance rating scored in the prior year’s performance review and 
the Consumer Price Index rate for respective countries.

ii.  Staff Loans - National Staff Home Ownership Scheme and Unsecured Personal Loans

BSP offers its staff concessional lending rates who have satisfactorily completed the probation period and have 
formally been appointed permanent employee status.

iii.  Leadership and Management Development Program (LMDP)

The BSP LMDP is a three-year program derived specifically for high potential employees who have been identified 
as possible successors to senior and executive management roles. Participants are nominated by their GMs and 
approved by the Group CEO.

59

OVERVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCE STATEMENTFINANCIALSTATEMENTSPERFORMANCE REVIEWREMUNERATION REPORTSHAREHOLDERINFORMATIONANNUAL REPORT 2023 
 
 
 
4.6 

Non-Performance Based
Non-Performance based benefits are not determined by the staff member’s performance and are applicable to all staff. 
These benefits include the following:

5.1 

Short Term Incentive (STI) Outcomes (continued)

The table below shows the STI outcomes for FY23.  

i.    Medical Cover for all staff;

ii.   Life Insurance;

iii.  Superannuation; and

iv.  Specialist allowances for critical roles.

4.7 

Retention Plan
As part of BSP's retention strategy, BSP has developed a number of initiatives to ensure staff occupying critical roles and 
high potential employees are better rewarded in order to retain their services for BSP for the long term. These initiatives 
include:

i.    Short and Long-Term Incentive Plans;

ii.   Leadership and Management Development Program (LMDP); and

iii.  National Staff Home Ownership Scheme.

5.0 

Linking performance & reward outcomes – Variable Remuneration

The Group’s policy is to pay executive STI subsequent to the full audit of the financial statements. The Board determined 
that a STI award of 80 percent of the target was appropriate for all staff and KMP after assessing performance across 
Group and divisional/individual performance measures. The senior executive team strongly executed the Group’s 
strategic agenda and demonstrated sound leadership.

5.1 

Short Term Incentive (STI) Outcomes

The Group’s financial performance is summarized in the table below together with its relationship to the aggregate 
amount of Short Term Incentives (STI) paid to Executives. This section discloses STI for the various years relative to the 
financial performance for those years.

Net Profit After Tax (K'000)

Earnings per Share (toea)

Cost to income ratio

FY19

890,363

190.6

37.7%

FY20

FY21

FY22

FY23

806,218

1,075,218

1,084,7201

890,2152

172.6

37.4%

230.1

37.5%

232.2

38.0%

190.5

38.5%

1 Underlying NPAT on which STI was assessed, excludes one-off tax credits of K135 million and K190 million Additional Company Tax expense. 
Further, the above excludes K4.0 million credit, reflecting the modified retrospective transition to the new accounting standard IFRS 17 (Insurance 

contracts), which came into effect on 1 January 2023.

2 Underlying NPAT on which STI was assessed, excludes a tax expense of K209 million as a consequence of the change in corporate income tax 
rate from 30% to 45%.

The table below details the bonus pool measures and outcomes for the financial year.

Target Area

Weighting 

Measure

Outcomes

Group
Performance 

15%

Achieve budgeted NPAT and 
Cost to income ratio 

Implementation of critical 
strategic imperatives

50%

Various deliverable targets to be 
achieved

60

Individual Assessment 

35%

Various Key Performance 
indicators 

The Group’s NPAT, adjusted for the increase 
in company tax rate to 45% was 8% below 
budget. Consequently the bonus pool 
was reduced to 80%, except for the CEO, 
whereby the Board granted 100% of STI 
entitlement giving regard to exceptional 
leadership demonstrated during the year.

Key strategic imperatives for the year 
focused around expanding the Group’s 
digital coverage and capability, achieving 
milestones with respect to the upgrade of 
the current core systems and improving 
compliance. 

Objectives set in these areas were met.

Name 

Title 

Current Executives

STI 
Awarded 
K’000

STI as % 
of Gross 
Base

Maximum 
STI
K’000

Actual 
STI % of 
Maximum 
STI

Mark T. Robinson

Group Chief Executive Officer

2,686

Ronesh Dayal

Group Chief Financial Officer

Mike Hallinan

Group Chief Risk Officer

Nuni Kulu

Group Chief Operating Officer

Peter Beswick

Group General Manager Corporate 
Banking

Rohan George

General Manager Treasury & Markets

Hari Rabura

Group General Manager People & 
Culture

Daniel Faunt

Group General Manager Retail

Vandhna Narayan

Group General Manager Compliance

Maryann Lameko-
Vaai

General Manager Pacific Markets

Richard Nicholls

Group Chief Information Officer

Jamie-Lee Loh

Acting Company Secretary

354

263

286

349

301

224

303

303

303

292

29

70%

23%

24%

23%

22%

23%

22%

20%

23%

25%

21%

24%

2,686

100%

466

329

375

466

392

309

466

403

367

426

37

76%

80%

76%

75%

77%

73%

65%

75%

83%

69%

80%

Note: Percentage of annual gross salary are converted at the AUD exchange rate at date of payment.

5.2 

 2023 LTI Outcomes

The 2023 LTI reward matrix was approved in November 2021. BSP’s LTI uses the earnings per share (EPS) as a proxy 
for BSP’s share price as a determinant for achieving long term value for shareholders. Vesting of the LTI rights is subject 
to achievement of the target EPS for 2023, which is calculated using the 2023 Group NPAT budget as the baseline with 
payments based on specified percentages of maximum rights, if 2023 EPS outcome is within the payment band as 
detailed in the table below.

2023 Hurdles on EPS

EPS target to 
achieve

Target NPAT
(million)

Percentage of Performance rights to 
exercise

107.5%>

102.5%>

97.5%>

202.3

192.9

183.4

K945.00

K901.05

K857.09

150%

100%

50%

LTI vesting (%)

FY19

100%

FY20

100%

FY21

0%

FY22

150%

FY23

50%

The Group achieved a NPAT of K890.21 million and EPS was recorded at 190.50 toea, above the 50 percent budget, 
but below 100 percent EPS and NPAT hurdles set by the Board. Based on these outcomes, the Board determined that 
50% LTI will be vested and paid for the 2023 financial year. 2023 EPS targets to achieve were adjusted to consider the 
increase in the tax rate of 45% from 30%.

61

OVERVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCE STATEMENTFINANCIALSTATEMENTSPERFORMANCE REVIEWREMUNERATION REPORTSHAREHOLDERINFORMATIONANNUAL REPORT 20235.2 

2023 LTI Outcomes (Continued)

The table below shows the LTI outcomes for FY23

Name 

Title 

Current Executives

Mark T. Robinson

Group Chief Executive Officer

Ronesh Dayal

Mike Hallinan

Nuni Kulu

Peter Beswick

Rohan George

Hari Rabura

Daniel Faunt

Group Chief Financial Officer

Group Chief Risk Officer

Group Chief Operating Officer

Group General Manager Corporate Banking

General Manager Treasury & Markets

Group General Manager People & Culture

Group General Manager Retail

Vandhna Narayan

Group General Manager Compliance

Maryann Lameko-Vaai

General Manager Pacific Markets

Richard Nicholls

Jamie-Lee Loh

Group Chief Information Officer

Acting Company Secretary

LTI
Awarded 
K’000

LTI as % of 
Gross Base

-

233

-

188

233

196

154

233

202

183

213

18

-

15%

-

15%

15%

15%

15%

15%

15%

15%

15%

15%

Note: Percentage of annual gross salary are converted at the AUD exchange rate at date of payment.

6.0 

Employment Agreements 

KMP Contracts 

Initial contracts for Senior Management and Executives are for a three-year term. Subsequent contracts are 
open ended and subject to a 3 months notice period, based on performance and business requirements.

GCEO employment agreement 

The Group CEO’s contractual term is agreed upon between the Board and the employee. The Board 
approves the GCEO’s employment contract which has a 6-month notice period

7.0 

Remuneration Policy and Government Framework 

BSP recognises that staff are the most valuable asset of BSP. The Group ensures that remuneration and 
benefits are fair and competitive in the market. The remuneration strategy is supported by objectives 
applicable to all employees and includes:

i. 

ii. 
iii. 

iv. 
v. 

Business results, including performance against strategic objectives and metrics in the Group’s risk 
assessment/position and compliance with AML/CTF regulations;
Performance against the Group’s strategic objectives; 
Adherence to the Group’s values, business principles, Group-risk related policies and procedures 
and international standards;
Individual performance; and
Local market position and practice.

The above key features of the remuneration framework enables the group to also achieve alignment between 
risk, performance and reward.

62

7.1 

Remuneration and Nominations Committee (RNC)

The RNC assists BSP in fulfilling its oversight responsibilities regarding remuneration, succession planning and the 
board recruitment of Directors, Executives and other BSP employees. The responsibilities of the RNC are:

• 

• 

• 

• 

to oversee the selection and appointment of a Group CEO, and setting an appropriate remuneration and benefits 
package for recommendation to the full Board;

to determine and review appropriate remuneration and benefits of Directors for recommendation to the full Board, 
and subsequently to the shareholders;

in conjunction with the Group CEO, to identify and maintain a clear succession plan for Executive Management 
ensuring an appropriate mix of skills, diversity and experience as well as appropriate remuneration and benefits 
packages are in place and reviewed regularly; and

to ensure that the Board itself maintains an appropriate mix of skills, diversity and experience necessary to fulfil 
its responsibilities to shareholders while maintaining a world class Corporate Governance regime.

The RNC is comprised of three Non-Executive Directors. The Chairman of the RNC must be an independent Director, 
other than the Chairman of the Board. Each member should be capable of making a valuable contribution to the 
Committee, and membership is reviewed annually by the Board.

A review of the performance of Committee members forms part of the Board’s performance review.

8.0 

Non-Executive Director Remuneration
Non-Executive Directors are remunerated on a fixed basis within an aggregate Directors’ fee pool approved periodically 
by shareholders.

Under the Constitution, the Board determines the total amount paid to each Non-Executive Director as remuneration, 
subject to the aggregate amount not exceeding the amount fixed by the Shareholders.

Directors are also reimbursed their reasonable travel and other expenses incurred in attending to BSP business. 
Directors may also receive additional remuneration if they perform any additional services at the request of the Board.

Non-Executive Directors are not paid any retirement or superannuation benefits, nor do they participate in any share or 
share option programs or the employee incentive schemes.

8.1 

Fee Pool
BSP Non-Executive Directors are remunerated on a fixed basis within an aggregate Directors “Fee Pool” approved 
periodically by Shareholders. Shareholders are required to approve any change to this aggregate amount. The current 
Shareholder approved fee pool is PGK 4.5million. The shareholders approved an increase in the Directors’ fee pool to 
PGK6.0million at the May 2023 Annual General Meeting effective 1 January 2024. Total payments to directors for the 
2023 financial year within the fee pool were as follows:

All amounts are expressed in K'000

Name of Director

Sir Kostas G. Constantinou, OBE

Robert G. Bradshaw

Stuart A. Davis

Dr Matagialofi Lua'iufi 

Symon G. Brewis-Weston

Arthur Sam

Priscilla Kevin

Frank D. Bouraga

Patricia F. Taureka-Seruvatu

Ian A. Tarutia

Total

Base 
Fee

Chair-
person

BACC
Fee

BRC
Fee

RNC
Fee

Bank 
Total

Sub. 
Fees

Total 
Fees

70

365

365

365

365

365

365

365

365

225

70

318

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

25

-

25

38

-

25

13

13

3,214

388

138

-

-

38

-

25

25

25

-

-

13

125

-

9

-

34

-

-

13

-

25

-

81

140

692

427

399

415

427

402

390

402

250

75

-

-

120

-

-

-

-

-

-

215

692

427

519

415

427

402

390

402

250

3,946

195

4,140

63

OVERVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCE STATEMENTFINANCIALSTATEMENTSPERFORMANCE REVIEWREMUNERATION REPORTSHAREHOLDERINFORMATIONANNUAL REPORT 2023BSP Financial Group Limited  
and Subsidiaries

ARBN 649 704 656 

Financial Statements
31 December 2023

64

65

OVERVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCE STATEMENTFINANCIALSTATEMENTSPERFORMANCE REVIEWREMUNERATION REPORTSHAREHOLDERINFORMATIONANNUAL REPORT 2023 
Directors’ Report

The Directors take pleasure in presenting the Financial Statements of the BSP Financial Group Limited and its subsidiaries (Bank and the 
Group) for the year ended 31 December 2023. In order to comply with the provisions of the Companies Act 1997, the Directors report as 
follows:

Principal activities
The principal activity of the BSP Financial Group Limited (BSP) is the provision of commercial banking and financial services throughout 
Papua New Guinea (PNG) and the Asia Pacific region. The Group’s activities also include fund management and life insurance business 
services. BSP is a company listed on the PNG Exchange Markets (PNGX) and the Australian Stock Exchange (ASX), incorporated 
under the Companies Act of Papua New Guinea, and is an authorised Bank under the Banks and Financial Institutions Act of Papua New 
Guinea. The Group is also licensed to operate in Solomon Islands, Fiji, Cook Islands, Samoa, Tonga, Vanuatu, Cambodia and Lao. The 
registered office is at Section 34, Allotment 6 & 7, Klinki Street, Waigani Drive, Port Moresby.

Review of operations
For the year ended 31 December 2023, the Group’s profit after tax was K890.215 million (2022: K1,084.720 million). The Bank’s profit 
after tax was K800.826 million (2022: K1,045.279 million).

The Directors are of the view that there are reasonable grounds to believe that the Bank and the Group will be able to pay their debts as and when they 
become due and payable; and the attached financial statements and notes thereto are in accordance with the PNG Companies Act 1997, including 
compliance with accounting standards and give a true and fair view of the financial position and performance of the Bank and the Group. 

The results of the Bank and the Group operations during the financial year have, in the opinion of the Directors, not been materially affected by items of 
an abnormal nature, other than those disclosed in the financial statements.

In the opinion of the Directors, no circumstances have arisen, that make adherence to the existing method of valuation of assets or 
liabilities of the Bank and the Group misleading or inappropriate.

At the date of this report the Directors are not aware of any circumstances that would render the values attributed to assets in the financial 
statements misleading.

No contingent liability other than that disclosed in the notes to the attached financial statements has become enforceable, or is likely to 
become enforceable, within a period of twelve months from the date of this report, that will materially affect the Bank and the Group in its 
ability to meet obligations as and when they fall due.

Dividends 
Dividends totaling K831.813 million were paid in 2023 (2022: K788.906 million). A detailed breakup of this is provided in note 28.

Directors and officers
The following were directors of the BSP Financial Group Limited at 31 December 2023:

Mr Robert G. Bradshaw  
Mr Stuart A. Davis   
Mrs Patricia F. Taureka-Seruvatu 

Mr Mark T. Robinson 
Dr Matagialofi Lua’iufi 
Mr Ian A. Tarutia

Mr Arthur Sam 
Ms Priscilla Kevin 

Mr Symon G. Brewis-Weston
Mr Frank D. Bouraga         

Details of directors’ tenure and directors and executives’ remuneration during the year are provided in Note 36 of the Notes to the 
Financial Statements. The Group CEO Mark T. Robinson was the only executive director. 

The acting company secretary is Jamie-Lee Loh. 

Independent auditor’s report
The financial statements have been audited and should be read in conjunction with the independent auditor’s report on page 126. Details 
of amounts paid to the auditors for audit and other services are shown in Note 38 of the Notes to the Financial Statements.

Donations and sponsorships
Donations and sponsorship by the Group during the year amounted to K7.577 million (2022: K5.942 million).

Change in accounting policies
Changes to accounting policies that impacted the Group's result during the year are included in Note 1(A) of the Notes to the Financial 
Statements. 

For, and on behalf of, the Directors.

Dated and signed in accordance with a resolution of the Directors in Port Moresby this 21st day of February 2024.

Statements of Comprehensive Income
for the Year Ended 31 December 2023

 All amounts are expressed in K’000

Interest income

Interest expense

Net interest income

Net fee and commission income

Other income

Net insurance operating income

Net operating income before impairment and operating expenses

Impairment of financial assets

Operating expenses

Additional company tax

Profit before income tax

Income tax expense

Net profit for the year

Other comprehensive income

Items that may be subsequently reclassified to profit or loss:

Translation of financial information of foreign operations to presentation 
currency

Items that will not be reclassified to profit or loss:

Recognition of deferred tax on asset revaluation reserve movement

Fair value gain/ (loss) on re-measurement of investment securities

Net movement in asset revaluation reserve

Other comprehensive income, net of tax

Total comprehensive income for the year

Note 

Consolidated 

Bank

2023 

2022 
(restated)

2023 

2022 

3

3

4

4

31

6

5

7

7

29

29

29

29

1,962,928

1,834,996

1,849,145

1,727,733

(118,097)

(89,936)

(110,447)

(78,578)

1,844,831

1,745,060

1,738,698

1,649,155

427,592

488,719

61,236

419,042

394,686

43,875

385,346

384,767

469,894

408,442

-

-

2,822,378

2,602,663

2,593,938

2,442,364

(182,195)

5,359

(165,562)

15,170

(1,086,790)

(989,263)

(1,002,105)

(912,980)

-

(190,000)

-

(190,000)

1,553,393

1,428,759

1,426,271

1,354,554

(663,178)

(344,039)

(625,445)

(309,275)

890,215

1,084,720

800,826

1,045,279

94,112

(53,434)

48,551

(28,345)

615

-

38,349

1,581

(82)

42

615

-

28,048

1,581

(82)

-

133,076

(51,893)

77,214

(26,846)

1,023,291

1,032,827

878,040

1,018,433

Earnings per share - basic and diluted (toea)

8

190.5

232.2

171.4

223.7

Comparatives for prior periods have been restated to reflect the modified retrospective transition to the new accounting standard IFRS 17 
(Insurance contracts), which came into effect on 1 January 2023.

The attached note forms an integral part of these financial statements

Mr Robert G. Bradshaw
Chairman

Mr Mark T. Robinson
Group Chief Executive Officer & Managing Director

66

67

OVERVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCE STATEMENTFINANCIALSTATEMENTSPERFORMANCE REVIEWREMUNERATION REPORTSHAREHOLDERINFORMATIONANNUAL REPORT 2023 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Statements of Financial Position
as at 31 December 2023

 All amounts are expressed in K’000

ASSETS

Cash and operating balances with Central Banks

Amounts due from other banks

Treasury and Central Bank Bills

Cash reserve requirement with Central Banks

Other financial assets

Loans and receivables from customers

Property, plant and equipment

Aircraft subject to operating lease

Investment in subsidiaries

Deferred tax assets

Other assets

Total assets

LIABILITIES

Amounts due to other banks

Customer deposits

Insurance contract liabilities

Other liabilities

Deferred tax liabilities

Total liabilities

SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY

Ordinary shares

Retained earnings

Other reserves

10

11

12

13

14

15

32

7

16

17

18

31

19

7

28

29

29

Minority interests

Total shareholders’ equity

Total equity and liabilities

Note 

Consolidated 

Bank

2023 

2022 
(restated)

2023 

2022 

3,306,085

3,761,635

2,430,613

3,041,858

1,779,677

1,737,981

1,595,587

1,665,094

 3,803,598

4,128,340

3,768,110

4,097,350

2,841,812

2,517,159

2,699,236

2,418,532

6,373,451

4,789,153

5,741,162

4,210,845

16,013,022

14,249,401

14,802,133

13,077,909

1,034,741

958,036

765,075

745,692

32,387

28,664

-

-

329,288

342,611

1,437,226

1,238,706

32,387

390,635

323,233

680,138

28,664

399,361

336,108

573,811

36,951,287

33,751,686

33,228,309 30,595,224

363,665

272,272

604,785

529,592

29,835,111

26,919,361

27,911,977

25,194,893

1,249,512

1,067,694

-

-

1,197,889

1,392,030

1,072,358

1,282,484

61,780

48,427

-

-

32,707,957

29,699,784

29,589,120

27,006,969

372,110

372,110

372,110

372,110

3,415,689

3,359,184

2,963,899

2,991,169

Comparatives for prior periods have been restated to reflect the modified retrospective transition to the new accounting standard IFRS 17 (Insurance 
contracts), which came into effect on 1 January 2023.

The attached notes form an integral part of these financial statements.

Mr Robert G. Bradshaw
Chairman

Mr Mark T. Robinson
Group Chief Executive Officer & 
Managing Director

Statements of Changes in Shareholders' Equity
for the Year Ended 31 December 2023

All amounts are expressed in K’000 

GROUP

Balance as at 1 January 2022

Transition to IFRS 17 impact

Note 

Share 
capital

Reserves

Retained  
earnings 
(restated)

Minority 
interests

Total

372,133

396,929

3,025,125

778

3,794,965

31

-

-

36,251

-

36,251

Restated balance beginning of year

372,133

396,929

3,061,376

778

3,831,216

Net profit

Other comprehensive income

Total comprehensive income

Dividends paid during the year

Share buyback

Gain attributable to minority interests

Total transactions with owners

Transfer from asset revaluation reserve

Impact of change in PNG tax rate

BSP Life policy reserve

Balance at 31 December 2022

Net profit

Other comprehensive income

Total comprehensive income

Dividends paid during the year

Gain attributable to minority interests

Total transactions with owners

Transfer from asset revaluation reserve

Others

BSP Life policy reserve

Balance at 31 December 2023

Other comprehensive income

Total comprehensive income

Dividends paid during the year

Share buyback

Total transactions with owners

Transfer from asset revaluation reserve

Impact of change in PNG tax rate

BSP Life policy reserve

Balance at 31 December 2022

Net profit

Other comprehensive income

Total comprehensive income

Dividends paid during the year

Total transactions with owners

Transfer from asset revaluation reserve

BSP Life policy reserve

Balance at 31 December 2023

-

-

-

-

(23)

-

(23)

-

-

-

-

1,084,720

(51,893)

-

(51,893)

1,084,720

-

-

-

1,084,720

(51,893)

1,032,827

(788,729)

(177)

(788,906)

-

-

-

-

(5,414)

(23,068)

-

(126)

(788,855)

5,270

-

3,327

(3,327)

-

126

(51)

-

-

-

(23)

-

(788,929)

(144)

(23,068)

-

372,110

319,881

3,359,184

727

4,051,902

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

890,215

133,076

133,076

-

-

-

(1,632)

1,053

2,452

-

890,215

(831,616)

(171)

(831,787)

1,632

(1,103)

(2,452)

-

-

-

890,215

133,076

1,023,291

(197)

(831,813)

171

(26)

-

(831,813)

-

-

-

-

(50)

-

372,110

454,830

3,415,689

701

4,243,330

372,133

276,833

2,728,885

-

-

-

-

(23)

(23)

-

-

-

-

1,045,279

(26,846)

-

(26,846)

1,045,279

-

-

-

(5,270)

(23,068)

(784,938)

-

(784,938)

5,270

-

3,327

(3,327)

372,110

224,976

2,991,169

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

800,826

77,214

77,214

-

-

(1,462)

2,452

-

800,826

(827,106)

(827,106)

1,462

(2,452)

372,110

303,180

2,963,899

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

3,377,851

1,045,279

(26,846)

1,018,433

(784,938)

(23)

(784,961)

-

(23,068)

-

3,588,255

800,826

77,214

878,040

(827,106)

(827,106)

-

-

3,639,189

28

28

29

29

28

29

29

28

28

29

29

28

29

29

Equity attributable to the members of the company

4,242,629

4,051,175  

3,639,189

3,588,255

Balance as at 1 January 2022

454,830

319,881

303,180

224,976

BANK

701

727

-

-

Net profit

4,243,330

4,051,902

3,639,189

3,588,255

36,951,287

33,751,686

33,228,309 30,595,224

68

The attached notes form an integral part of these financial statements

69

Comparatives for prior periods have been restated to reflect the modified retrospective transition to the new accounting standard IFRS 17 
(Insurance contracts), which came into effect on 1 January 2023.

OVERVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCE STATEMENTFINANCIALSTATEMENTSPERFORMANCE REVIEWREMUNERATION REPORTSHAREHOLDERINFORMATIONANNUAL REPORT 2023 
 
Statements of Cash Flows
for the Year Ended 31 December 2023

Notes to the Financial Statements
for the Year Ended 31 December 2023

Consolidated 

Bank

2023 

2022 
(restated)

2023 

2022 
(restated) 

1.    Financial Statements Preparation
The principal accounting policies adopted in the preparation of these Financial Statements are set out below.  These policies 
have been consistently applied to all the periods presented unless otherwise stated.  The Financial Statements where required, 
presents restated comparative information for consistency with the current year’s presentation in the Financial Statements. The 
assets and liabilities are presented in order of liquidity on the Statements of Financial Position. 

1,811,037

1,823,009

1,737,885

1,717,557

A.   Basis of Presentation and General Accounting Policies 

 All amounts are expressed in K’000

Note 

CASH FLOW FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES

Interest received

Fees and other income

Interest paid

Insurance premiums

Claims, surrenders and maturity payments

Additional company tax

Amounts paid to suppliers and employees

Operating cash flow before changes in 
operating assets and liabilities

Net increase in:

Loans and receivables from customers

Cash reserve requirements with the Central Banks

Bills receivable and other assets

Net increase in:

Customer deposits

Bills payable and other liabilities

7

9

950,266

(125,932)

266,148

737,974

(78,673)

235,092

(166,366)

(144,191)

-

(190,000)

884,782

(91,395)

792,563

(61,174)

-

-

-

-

-

(190,000)

(894,619)

(1,160,925)

(939,286)

(1,119,853)

1,574,228

1,443,925

1,411,419

1,364,327

(1,443,252)

(852,167)

(1,501,138)

(290,437)

(814,895)

(255,308)

(170,641)

(169,652)

(75,588)

(852,957)

(805,127)

(73,007)

2,450,609

3,250,081

2,388,419

3,056,061

336,869

256,378

244,222

171,559

Net cash flow from operations before income tax

2,457,376

3,113,670

2,212,026

2,860,856

Income taxes paid

7

(705,969)

(455,500)

(677,287)

(432,995)

Net cash flow from operating activities

1,751,407

2,658,170

1,534,739

2,427,861

CASH FLOW FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES

Purchase of government securities

Expenditure on property, plant and equipment

Expenditure on software development costs

Proceeds from disposal of assets

Additional funding of subsidiaries

Net cash flow used in investing activities

CASH FLOW FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES

Share buyback

Dividends paid

Payment of interest on borrowings

Repayment of principal on borrowings

32

28

28

(1,207,993)

(210,708)

(1,193,155)

(74,798)

(120,568)

(82,549)

(52,313)

1,513

-

4,129

-

(39,289)

(81,848)

1,493

(224,827)

(103,531)

(52,299)

4,127

-

(10,563)

(1,363,827)

(379,460)

(1,312,799)

(387,093)

-

(23)

-

(23)

(831,813)

(788,906)

(827,106)

(784,938)

(9,533)

(14,395)

(9,533)

(14,395)

(246,479)

-

(246,479)

-

The Financial Statements of the BSP Financial Group Limited are prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting 
Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board and interpretations of these standards issued by the 
International Financial Reporting Interpretations Committee.  They are prepared on the basis of the historical cost convention, as 
modified by the revaluation of certain non-current assets, financial instruments and liabilities. 

Estimates and assumptions have been used to achieve conformity with generally accepted accounting principles in the 
preparation of these financial statements.  These assumptions and estimates affect balances of assets and liabilities, contingent 
liabilities and commitments at the end of the reporting period, and amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period.  
Whilst the estimates are based on management's best knowledge of current events and conditions, actual results may ultimately 
differ from those estimates. 

The financial statements are presented in Papua New Guinea Kina, expressed in thousands of Kina, as permitted by International 
Financial Reporting Standards. 

Standards, amendments and interpretations effective in the year ended 31 December 2023 

The following standards, amendments and interpretations to existing standards became applicable for the first time during the 
accounting period beginning 1 January 2023. 

• 

IFRS 17, Insurance Contracts. This standard replaced IFRS 4, which permitted a wide variety of practices in accounting for 
insurance contracts. IFRS 17 fundamentally changes the accounting by all entities that issue insurance contracts. Refer to 
Note 31 Insurance.  

•  Narrow scope amendments to IAS 1, Practice statement 2 and IAS 8. The amendments aim to improve accounting policy 
disclosures and to help users of the financial statements to distinguish between changes in accounting estimates and 
changes in accounting policies. 

• 

• 

Amendment to IAS 12 – deferred tax related to assets and liabilities arising from a single transaction. These amendments 
require companies to recognise deferred tax on transactions that, on initial recognition, give rise to equal amounts of taxable 
and deductible temporary differences. 

Amendment to IAS 12 - International tax reform. These amendments give companies temporary relief from accounting for 
deferred taxes arising from the Minimum Tax Implementation Handbook international tax reform. The amendments also 
introduce targeted disclosure requirements for affected companies. 

The above changes did not have any material impact on the Group except for IFRS 17 impact on the life insurance business.

Net cash flow used in financing activities

(1,087,825)

(803,324)

(1,083,118)

(799,356)

Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

(700,245)

1,475,386

(861,178)

1,241,412

Standards, amendments and interpretations issued but not yet effective for the year ended 31 December 2023 or 
adopted early  

Exchange rate movements on cash and cash equivalents

194,998

(125,999)

105,233

(86,796)

Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the year

5,227,344

3,877,957

4,177,360

3,022,744

Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the year

9

4,722,097

5,227,344

3,421,415

4,177,360

Comparative period amount have been reinstated to conform to presentation in the current year.

The attached notes form an integral part of these financial statements.

The following standards, amendments and interpretations to existing standards have been published and are mandatory for the 
entity’s accounting periods beginning on or after 1 January 2023 or later periods, but the entity has not early adopted them: 

• 

Amendment to IFRS 16 – Leases on sale and leaseback (effective 1 January 2024). These amendments include 
requirements for sale and leaseback transactions in IFRS 16 to explain how an entity accounts for a sale and leaseback 
after the date of the transaction. Sale and leaseback transactions where some or all the lease payments are variable lease 
payments that do not depend on an index or rate are most likely to be impacted. 

70

71

OVERVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCE STATEMENTFINANCIALSTATEMENTSPERFORMANCE REVIEWREMUNERATION REPORTSHAREHOLDERINFORMATIONANNUAL REPORT 2023 
 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements
for the Year Ended 31 December 2023

Notes to the Financial Statements
for the Year Ended 31 December 2023

1.    Financial Statements Preparation (continued) 

A.  Basis of Presentation and General Accounting Policies (continued) 

• 

• 

• 

Amendment to IAS 1 – Non-current liabilities with covenants (effective 1 January 2024). These amendments clarify how 
conditions with which an entity must comply within twelve months after the reporting period affect the classification of a 
liability. The amendments also aim to improve information an entity provides related to liabilities subject to these conditions. 

Amendment to IAS 7 and IFRS 7 - Supplier finance (effective 1 January 2024 - with transitional reliefs in the first year). These 
amendments require disclosures to enhance the transparency of supplier finance arrangements and their effects on an 
entity’s liabilities, cash flows and exposure to liquidity risk. The disclosure requirements are the IASB’s response to investors’ 
concerns that some companies’ supplier finance arrangements are not sufficiently visible, hindering investors’ analysis. 

Amendments to IAS 21 - Lack of Exchangeability (1 January 2025 - early adoption is available). An entity is impacted by the 
amendments when it has a transaction or an operation in a foreign currency that is not exchangeable into another currency at 
a measurement date for a specified purpose. A currency is exchangeable when there is an ability to obtain the other currency 
(with a normal administrative delay), and the transaction would take place through a market or exchange mechanism that 
creates enforceable rights and obligations.

New IFRS sustainability disclosure standards effective after 1 January 2024 

• 

• 

IFRS S1, ‘General requirements for disclosure of sustainability-related financial information (effective 1 January 2024 - This 
is subject to endorsement by the Accounting Standards Board of PNG). This standard includes the core framework for the 
disclosure of material information about sustainability-related risks and opportunities across an entity’s value chain. 

IFRS S2, ‘Climate-related disclosures’ (effective 1 January 2024 - This is subject to endorsement by the Accounting 
Standards Board of PNG). This is the first thematic standard issued that sets out requirements for entities to disclose 
information about climate-related risks and opportunities.

B.   Consolidation 

The Financial Statements incorporate the assets and liabilities of all controlled entities of the Group as at 31 December 2023, and 
their results for the year then ended.  

Controlled entities are those over which the Group has the power to govern financial and operating policies, generally 
accompanied by a shareholding that commands the majority of voting rights, and are commonly referred to as subsidiaries.

Subsidiaries are accounted for at acquisition under the acquisition method of accounting, where: 

• 
• 
• 

consideration transferred is measured at the fair value of assets transferred, equity issued and liabilities assumed; 
identifiable net assets are recorded initially at acquisition, at their fair values; and
any excess of the acquisition cost over the relevant share of identifiable net assets acquired is treated as goodwill, and any 
deficiency is recognised directly in the Statements of Comprehensive Income. 

All intercompany transactions and balances are eliminated. 

C.    Foreign currency 

The Financial Statements of the Group are presented in the currency of the primary economic environment in which the entity 
operates (its functional currency). For the purpose of these Financial Statements, the results and financial position of the Bank are 
expressed in Papua New Guinea Kina, which is the Bank’s functional and presentation currency, unless otherwise stated.

In preparing the Financial Statements, transactions in currencies other than the entity’s functional currency (foreign currencies) 
are recorded at the rates of exchange prevailing on the dates of the transactions. At each balance sheet date, monetary items 
denominated in foreign currencies are retranslated at the rates prevailing at the balance sheet date. Non-monetary items carried 
at fair value that are denominated in foreign currencies are retranslated at the rates prevailing on the date when the fair value was 
determined. Non-monetary items that are measured in terms of historical cost in a foreign currency are not retranslated. 

72

1.    Financial Statements Preparation (continued)

C.    Foreign currency (continued)

Foreign operations

On consolidation, the assets and liabilities of the consolidated entity’s overseas operations are translated at exchange rates 
prevailing at the reporting date. Income and expense items are translated at the average exchange rates for the period unless 
exchange rates fluctuate significantly. Exchange differences arising, are recognised in the foreign currency translation reserve, 
and recognised in the Statements of Comprehensive Income on disposal of the foreign operation.

D.    Critical accounting estimates and judgments

The application of the Group’s accounting policies requires the use of estimates and assumptions. If different assumptions or 
estimates were applied, the resulting values would change, impacting the net assets and income of the Group.

This note provides an overview of the areas that involve a higher degree of judgement or complexity, and major sources of 
estimation uncertainty that have a significant risk of resulting in a material adjustment within the next financial year. Detailed 
information about each of these estimates and judgements is included in the related notes together with information about the 
basis of calculation for each affected line item in the financial statements.

The areas involving significant estimates and judgments are:

• 
• 
• 
• 

estimation of current tax liability in the multiple tax jurisdictions - note 7
estimated impairment of financial or non-financial assets - note 12, 14, 15 and 22
estimated insurance liability - note 31
estimation of fair value of financial and non-financial assets and liabilities - note 27

Measurement of expected credit loss allowance for financial assets measured at amortised cost in line with IFRS 9 is an area that 
requires the use of complex models and significant assumptions about future economic conditions and credit behaviour (e.g. the 
likelihood of customers defaulting and the resulting losses). Explanation of the inputs, assumptions and estimation techniques 
used in measuring Expected Credit Losses (ECL) is further detailed in note 15, and note 22 setting out the key sensitivities of the 
ECL changes in these elements.

A number of significant judgements are also required in applying the accounting requirements for measuring ECL, such as:

• 
• 
• 

• 

determining criteria for significant increase in credit risk;
choosing appropriate models and assumptions for the measurement of ECL;
establishing the number and relative weightings of forward-looking scenarios for each type of product/market and the 
associated ECL; and
establishing groups of similar financial assets for the purposes of measuring ECL.

Detailed information about the judgements and estimates made by the Group in the above areas is set out in note 15. 

73

OVERVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCE STATEMENTFINANCIALSTATEMENTSPERFORMANCE REVIEWREMUNERATION REPORTSHAREHOLDERINFORMATIONANNUAL REPORT 2023 
 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements
for the Year Ended 31 December 2023

Notes to the Financial Statements
for the Year Ended 31 December 2023

Financial Performance 

2.   Segment Reporting

Accounting Policy 

Segments are reported in a manner consistent with the internal reporting provided to the Group’s chief operating decision maker. 
This reflects the way the Group’s businesses are managed, rather than the legal structure of the Group. 

For management purposes, segment information determination is based on the risks involved with the provision of core banking 
services and products and the Bank and Group’s management reporting system. The main business lines/segments for management 
purposes are banking services, split into PNG Bank and Pacific Markets and non-banking services which comprise insurance 
operations, fund management and asset financing activities. The Bank and Group’s business segments operate in Papua New Guinea, 
Fiji, Solomon Islands, Cook Islands, Tonga, Samoa, Vanuatu, Cambodia and Lao. Inter segment adjustments reflect elimination entries 
in respect of inter segment income and expense allocations including funds transfer pricing.

3.   Net Interest Income 

Accounting Policy

Interest income and expense are recognised in the Statement of Comprehensive Income on an accrual basis using the effective 
interest rate (“EIR”) method. The EIR method calculates the amortised cost of a financial instrument by discounting the financial 
instrument’s estimated future cash receipts or payments to their present value and allocates the interest income or interest 
expense, including any fees, costs, premiums or discounts integral to the instrument, over its expected life. 

Interest income includes coupons earned on Government inscribed stock, accrued discounts and premiums on Treasury and 
Central Bank bills. Interest income is recognised for Stage 1 and Stage 2 financial assets measured at amortised cost by applying 
the EIR to gross carrying amounts of the financial instruments.  For Stage 3 financial instruments, interest income is recognised 
by applying EIR on the net carrying value of the financial instrument. 

Expenses associated with the borrowing of funds are charged to the Statement of Comprehensive Income in the period in which they 
are incurred.

Consolidated

All amounts are expressed in K’000

Analysis by segments

Year ended 31 December 2023

Net interest income

Other income

Net insurance income

Total operating income

Operating expenses

Impairment expenses

Profit before income tax

Income tax

Net profit after income tax

Assets

Liabilities

Net assets

Year ended 31 December 2022

Net interest income

Other income

Net insurance income

Total operating income

Operating expenses

Impairment expenses

Additional company tax

Profit before income tax

Income tax

Net profit after income tax

Assets (restated)

Liabilities (restated)

Net assets (restated)

74

PNG  
Bank

Pacific
Markets

Non-Bank 
Entities

Adjust Inter 
Segments

Total

1,479,288

666,830

-

329,803

279,243

-

35,406

26,263

60,642

334

1,844,831

(56,025)

594

916,311

61,236

2,146,118

609,046

122,311

(55,097)

2,822,378

(836,291)

(242,190)

(161,378)

1,148,449

(559,079)

589,370

(9,523)

357,333

(84,976)

272,357

(17,807)

(11,294)

9,498

(1,086,790)

-

(182,195)

93,210

(45,599)

1,553,393

(19,123)

-

74,087

(45,599)

(663,178)

890,215

25,964,685

10,560,798

2,264,240

(1,838,436)

36,951,287

(23,119,456)

(9,165,332)

(1,652,013)

1,228,844

(32,707,957)

2,845,229

1,395,466

612,227

(609,592)

4,243,330

PNG  
Bank

Pacific
Markets

Non-Bank 
Entities
(restated)

Adjust Inter 
Segments

Total
(restated)

1,432,559

622,690

-

278,906

240,044

-

33,212

25,683

44,182

383

1,745,060

(74,689)

(307)

813,728

43,875

2,055,249

518,950

103,077

(74,613)

2,602,663

(759,305)

(217,264)

14,816

(5,698)

(190,000)

1,120,760

(255,511)

865,249

-

295,988

(69,391)

226,597

(18,609)

(3,759)

-

5,915

(989,263)

-

-

5,359

(190,000)

80,709

(68,698)

1,428,759

(19,137)

-

(344,039)

61,572

(68,698)

1,084,720

24,245,059

9,310,447

1,944,540

(1,748,360)

33,751,686

(21,307,155)

(8,110,824)

(1,379,091)

1,097,286

(29,699,784)

2,937,904

1,199,623

565,449

(651,074)

4,051,902

 All amounts are expressed in K’000

Interest income

Loans and receivables from customers1

Other financial assets - inscribed stock

Treasury bills

Central Bank bills

Cash and balances with Central Banks

Other

Total interest income

Less: Interest expense

Customer deposits

Other banks

Other borrowings

Total interest expense

Net interest income

Consolidated 

Bank

2023

2022

2023

2022

1,315,235

1,190,929

1,204,163

1,084,078

419,474

154,207

7,638

31,393

34,981

369,239

241,058

5,799

12,552

15,419

418,144

154,168

7,588

42,698

22,384

367,895

240,997

5,798

16,735

12,230

1,962,928

1,834,996

1,849,145

1,727,733

100,397

11,729

5,971

118,097

73,228

13,065

3,643

89,936

82,088

22,719

5,640

110,447

59,219

16,029

3,330

78,578

1,844,831

1,745,060

1,738,698

1,649,155

1 Group interest income includes K23.428million (Bank K19.788million) recognised on impaired loans (Stage 3) to customers, 2022: K18.611million 
(Bank K14.487million). The Group takes up required provisions on such interest income as detailed in the accounting policy in note 15.

4.   Non-Interest Income 

Accounting Policy

Fee and commission income 

Fees  and  commissions  are  generally  recognised  on  an  accrual  basis  when  the  performance  obligation  is  satisfied  (i.e. 
service  has  been  provided).  Other  non-risk  fee  income,  which  includes  facility  fees,  includes  certain  line  fees  and  fees  for 
providing  customer  bank  accounts.  They  are  recognised  over  the  term  of  the  facility/period  of  service  on  a  straight-line  basis.  

All other risk related fees that constitute cost recovery are taken to income when levied. Income which forms an integral part of the 
effective interest rate of a financial instrument is recognised using the effective interest method and recorded in interest income (for 
example, loan origination fees).

75

OVERVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCE STATEMENTFINANCIALSTATEMENTSPERFORMANCE REVIEWREMUNERATION REPORTSHAREHOLDERINFORMATIONANNUAL REPORT 2023 
 
 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements
for the Year Ended 31 December 2023

4.   Non-Interest Income (continued) 

Foreign exchange income or losses

Realised and unrealised gains or losses from foreign currency trading, or from changes in the fair value of the trading assets and 
liabilities are recognised as income in the Statement of Comprehensive Income in the period in which they arise.

 All amounts are expressed in K’000

Net fee and commission income

Product related

Trade and international related

Electronic banking related

Other

Other income

Foreign exchange related1 

Operating lease rentals

Other

Consolidated 

Bank

2023 

2022 

2023 

2022 

157,779

20,711

213,387

35,715

188,823

22,683

174,298

33,238

144,225

17,981

197,975

25,165

173,453

19,924

169,171

22,219

427,592

419,042

385,346

384,767

457,707

362,333

399,362

4,535

26,477

5,153

27,200

4,535

65,997

319,773

5,153

83,516

488,719

394,686

469,894

408,442

Notes to the Financial Statements
for the Year Ended 31 December 2023

5.   Operating Expenses (continued) 

All amounts are expressed in K’000

Administration

Computing

Depreciation

Amortisation of software costs

Non-executive directors costs

Non-lending losses

Fixed asset impairment expenses

Premises and equipment

Staff costs

Wages and salaries

Defined contribution plans

Statutory benefit contributions

Other staff benefits

Consolidated 

Bank

2023 

2022 

2023 

2022 

95,241

215,183

80,733

46,383

4,646

42,802

68

128,047

167,404

77,714

38,991

4,334

11,791

1,853

106,732

104,122

80,763

193,086

74,773

46,122

4,326

44,101

64

99,832

114,492

152,744

71,633

38,734

3,735

11,059

1,853

97,753

591,788

534,256

543,067

492,003

388,356

368,778

358,855

340,750

19,973

14,276

72,397

18,484

10,169

57,576

18,065

13,186

68,932

495,002

455,007

459,038

1,086,790

989,263

1,002,105

16,722

9,232

54,273

420,977

912,980

 1 Foreign exchange related income includes gains and losses from spot and forward contracts and translated foreign currency assets and liabilities.

6.   Impairment of Financial Assets 

5.   Operating Expenses 

Accounting Policy

Salaries and related on-costs include annual leave, long service leave, employee incentives and relevant taxes. Staff expenses 
are recognised over the period the employee renders the service. Long service leave is discounted to present value using 
assumptions relating to staff departure, leave utilisation and future salary.

Superannuation expense includes expenses relating to defined contribution plans. Defined contribution expense is recognised in 
the period the service is provided.

Premises and equipment expenses include depreciation, which is calculated using the straight-line method over the asset’s 
estimated useful life. The right-of-use assets are recognised under IFRS 16. Leases are depreciated over the shorter of the 
lease term or the useful life of the underlying asset, with the depreciation presented within depreciation of Property, Plant and 
Equipment.

Computing expenses are recognised as incurred, unless they qualify for capitalization as computer software due to the 
expenditure generating probable future economic benefits. If capitalised, computer software is subsequently amortised over its 
estimated useful life. The Group assesses at each balance sheet date, useful lives and residual values and whether there is any 
objective evidence of impairment. If an asset's carrying value is greater than its recoverable amount, the carrying amount is written 
down immediately to its recoverable amount.

Other expenses are recognised as the relevant service is rendered. Operating expenses related to provisions are recognised for 
present obligations arising from past events where a payment to settle the obligation is probable and can be reliably estimated.

76

Accounting Policy 

Impairment

Loans and receivables from customers are subject to continuous management review. If there is an expectation that the Group 
will not be able to collect amounts due under the terms of the loan, a provision is recognised equivalent to lifetime ECL. All bad 
debts are written off against the available specific provision for loan impairment in the period in which they are classified as 
irrecoverable. Subsequent recoveries and reductions in provisions are credited to the provision for loan losses in the Statement of 
Comprehensive Income. 

General provisions for impairment are maintained to cover expected losses unidentified at balance date in the overall portfolio 
of Loans and receivables from customers. The provisions are determined having regard to the level of risk weighted assets, 
economic conditions, the general risk profile of the credit portfolio, past loss experience and a range of other criteria.  The amount 
necessary to bring the provisions to their assessed levels, after write-offs, is charged to the Statement of Comprehensive Income. 

The Group assesses on a forward-looking basis the ECL associated with its debt instrument assets carried at amortised cost and 
with the exposure arising from loan commitments and financial guarantee contracts. The Group recognises a loss allowance for 
such losses at each reporting date. The measurement of ECL reflects:

• 
• 

an unbiased and probability-weighted amount that is determined by evaluating a range of possible outcomes; and
reasonable and supportable information that is available without undue cost or effort at the reporting date about past events, 
current conditions and forecasts of future economic conditions. 

Note 15 provides more detail of how the expected credit loss allowance is measured. 

Impairment expense/(release) of financial assets by asset class is as follow:

Loans and receivables from customers ( note 15 )

Treasury and Central Bank Bills ( note 12 )

Other financial assets ( note 14 )

172,615

(644)

10,224

182,195

(2,667)

(5,114)

2,422

(5,359)

155,917

(12,514)

(583)

10,228

(5,114)

2,458

165,562

(15,170)

77

OVERVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCE STATEMENTFINANCIALSTATEMENTSPERFORMANCE REVIEWREMUNERATION REPORTSHAREHOLDERINFORMATIONANNUAL REPORT 2023 
 
 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements
for the Year Ended 31 December 2023

Notes to the Financial Statements
for the Year Ended 31 December 2023

7.   Income Tax 

Accounting Policy 

Current Tax
Current tax is calculated by reference to the amount of income taxes payable or recoverable in respect of the taxable profit or tax 
loss for the period. It is calculated using tax rates and tax laws that have been enacted or substantively enacted by the reporting 
date. Current tax for current and prior periods is recognised as a liability (or asset) to the extent that it is unpaid (or refundable). 

Deferred tax
Deferred tax is accounted for using the balance sheet liability method. Temporary differences are differences between the tax 
base of an asset or liability and its carrying amount in the Statement of Financial Position. In principle, deferred tax liabilities are 
recognised for all taxable temporary differences. Deferred tax assets are recognised to the extent that it is probable that sufficient 
taxable amounts will be available against which deductible temporary differences or unused tax losses and tax offsets can be 
utilised. However, deferred tax assets and liabilities are not recognised if the temporary differences giving rise to them arise from 
the initial recognition of assets and liabilities which affects neither taxable income nor accounting profit.  

7.   Income Tax (continued)

All amounts are expressed in K’000

Tax (payable)/receivable

At 1 January

Income tax provision

Adjustment to prior year estimates

Other tax related items

Foreign tax paid

Tax payments made

At 31 December  

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured at the tax rates that are expected to apply to the period(s) when the asset and 
liability giving rise to them is realised or settled, based on tax rates (and tax laws) that have been enacted or substantively enacted 
by the reporting date. The measurement of deferred tax liabilities and assets reflects the tax consequences that would follow from 
the manner in which the Group expects, at the reporting date, to recover or settle the carrying amount of its assets and liabilities. 

Deferred tax balances are represented by the tax effect of the following items:

Specific allowance for losses on loans and receivables from customers

General allowance for losses on loans and receivables from customers

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset when they relate to income taxes levied by the same taxation authority and the Group 
intends to settle its current tax assets and liabilities on a net basis. 

Current and deferred tax for the period
Current and deferred tax are recognised as an expense or income in the Statement of Comprehensive Income, except when it 
relates to items credited or debited directly to equity, in which case the deferred tax is also recognised directly in equity.

Critical accounting assumptions and estimates
The Group operates in multiple tax jurisdictions and significant judgement is required in determining the current tax liability in 
the multiple tax jurisdictions. There are transactions with uncertain tax outcomes and provisions are determined based on the 
expected outcomes.

All amounts are expressed in K’000

Income tax expense

Current tax

Deferred tax

Current year

Adjustment to prior year estimates

Impact of PNG tax rate change1

Tax calculated at 45% (2022:30%) of Bank profit before tax 

Tax calculated at respective subsidiary tax rates

Expenses not deductible for tax purposes

Tax loss not recognized

Income not recognised for tax purposes

Impact of PNG tax rate change1 

Adjustment to prior year estimates

Consolidated 

Bank

2023

2022

2023

2022 

664,841

1,643

666,484

(3,306)

433,410

46,914

480,324

(754)

634,630

411,729

(6,909)

627,721

(2,276)

35,110

446,839

(2,033)

-

(135,531)

-

(135,531)

663,178

344,039

625,445

309,275

641,822

39,000

9,138

8,610

406,366

641,822

406,366

28,498

60,025

6,278

-

-

3,270

58,502

-

-

(32,086)

(20,843)

(17,371)

(18,029)

-

(135,531)

-

(135,531)

(3,306)

(754)

(2,276)

(2,033)

663,178

(344,039)

625,445

309,275

Employee related provisions

Prepaid expenses

Other provisions

Property, plant and equipment

Unrealised foreign exchange gains

Accruals

At 31 December

Represented by:

Deferred tax asset

Deferred tax liability

At 31 December

Deferred taxes movement:

At 1 January

Current year movement

Adjustment to prior year estimates

Impact of PNG tax rate change1 

Other  movements

At 31 December

Consolidated 

Bank

2023

2022

2023

2022 

(2,507)

(30,399)

(4,104)

(30,263)

(664,841)

(433,410)

(634,630)

(411,729)

3,064

(1,652)

24,241

 681,728

40,033

82,861

180,896

44,058

(684)

22,671

5,661

141

20,927

434,573

(2,507)

63,427

179,539

37,838

(1,048)

29,679

2,283

4,893

-

-

-

-

677,287

40,836

432,995

(4,104)

76,335

58,446

176,949

174,847

42,580

(193)

79,741

35,986

(1,439)

77,285

(86,715)

(51,091)

(73,854)

(42,998)

(541)

24,962

(1,168)

37,008

(541)

22,216

(1,168)

35,149

267,508

294,184

323,233

336,108

329,288

(61,780)

267,508

294,184

(1,643)

(242)

-

(24,791)

267,508

342,611

(48,427)

294,184

229,827

(46,914)

4,907

112,463

(6,099)

323,233

336,108

-

-

323,233

336,108

336,108

6,909

7

-

(19,791)

261,795

(35,110)

2,860

112,463

(5,900)

294,184

323,233

336,108

1   The PNG Government levied the Additional Company Tax (the Tax) applicable to financial year 2022.  The Tax was a flat K190 million on any bank that has 
over 40% market share of financial assets. The Tax was non-deductible for tax purposes, and had a direct impact on BSP’s net profit after tax for 2022.

  On 2 December 2022, the PNG Government passed an amendment, which discontinued the Additional Company Tax effective 1 January 2023.  

Simultaneously, a separate amendment was passed increasing the income tax rate for all PNG Commercial Banks from 30% to 45%, effective 1 January 
2023. The tax rate change for financial year 2023 increased tax expenses by K209 million, with a corresponding reduction in Group profits.

78

79

OVERVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCE STATEMENTFINANCIALSTATEMENTSPERFORMANCE REVIEWREMUNERATION REPORTSHAREHOLDERINFORMATIONANNUAL REPORT 2023 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements
for the Year Ended 31 December 2023

8.   Earnings per Ordinary Share 

Accounting Policy

Earnings per share is determined by dividing the profit or loss attributable to owners of the Bank by the weighted average number 
of participating shares outstanding during the reporting year, adjusted for shares which are bought back by BSP.

All amounts are expressed in K’000

Net profit attributable to shareholders (K’000)

Weighted average number of ordinary shares in use (000)

Basic and diluted earnings per share (expressed in toea)

Consolidated 

Bank

2023 

2022 
(restated)

2023 

2022 

890,215

467,220

190.5

1,084,720

800,826

1,045,279

467,223

232.2

467,220

171.4

467,223

223.7

Basic earnings per ordinary share is calculated by dividing the net profit attributable to shareholders by the weighted average number 
of ordinary shares in issue during the year.  BSP Financial Group Limited has no dilutive potential ordinary shares. Consequently, 
basic earnings per ordinary share equals diluted earnings per share.

9.   Reconciliation of Operating Cash Flow 

Reconciliation of net profit after tax to operating cash flow  before changes in operating assets and liabilities

Net profit after tax

Add: Tax expense

Profit before income tax

Major non cash amounts

Depreciation

Amortisation of software costs

Net gain on sale of fixed assets

Impairment on financial assets

Movement in payroll provisions

Impairment of fixed assets

890,215

663,178

1,084,720

800,826

1,045,279

344,039

625,445

309,275

1,553,393

1,428,759

1,426,271

1,354,554

80,733

46,383

(2,356)

182,195

9,247

68

77,714

38,991

(3,515)

(5,359)

(9,888)

1,853

74,773

46,122

(2,038)

165,562

8,908

64

71,633

38,734

(2,508)

(15,170)

(10,410)

1,853

Net changes in assets and liabilities

(295,435)

(84,630)

(308,243)

(74,359)

Operating cash flow before changes in operating assets and liabilities

1,574,228

1,443,925

1,411,419

1,364,327

Cash and cash equivalents

Notes to the Financial Statements
for the Year Ended 31 December 2023

Financial Instruments: Financial Assets

Accounting Policy

Recognition

Loans and receivables are recognised on settlement date, when cash is advanced to the borrowers. 

Modification of loans  

The Group sometimes renegotiates or otherwise modifies the contractual cash flows of loans to customers. When this happens, 
the Group assesses whether or not the new terms are substantially different to the original terms. The Group does this by 
considering, among others, the following factors: 

• 

if the borrower is in financial difficulty, whether the modification merely reduces the contractual cash flows to amounts the 
borrower is expected to be able to pay. 

•  whether any substantial new terms are introduced, such as a profit share/equity-based return that substantially affects the 

risk profile of the loan. 
significant extension of the loan term when the borrower is not in financial difficulty. 
significant change in the interest rate. 
change in the currency the loan is denominated in. 
insertion of collateral, other security or credit enhancements that significantly affect the credit risk associated with the loan.  

• 
• 
• 
• 

If the terms are substantially different, the Group derecognises the original financial asset and recognises a ‘new’ asset at fair 
value and recalculates a new effective interest rate for the asset. The date of renegotiation is consequently considered to be the 
date of initial recognition for impairment calculation purposes, including for the purpose of determining whether a significant 
increase in credit risk has occurred. However, the Group also assesses whether the new financial asset recognised is deemed 
to be credit-impaired at initial recognition, especially in circumstances where the renegotiation was driven by the debtor being 
unable to make the originally agreed payments. Differences in the carrying amount are also recognised in the Statement of 
Comprehensive Income as a gain or loss on de-recognition.  

If the terms are not substantially different, the renegotiation or modification does not result in de-recognition, and the Group 
recalculates the gross carrying amount based on the revised cash flows of the financial asset and recognises a modification 
gain or loss through the Statement of Comprehensive Income. The new gross carrying amount is recalculated by discounting 
the modified cash flows at the original effective interest rate (or credit-adjusted effective interest rate for purchased or originated 
credit-impaired financial assets). 

De-recognition 

Financial assets are de-recognised when the rights to receive cash flows from the asset have expired. 

There may be situations where the Group has partially transferred the risks and rewards of ownership and has neither transferred 
nor retained substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership. In such situations, the asset continues to be recognised on the 
balance sheet to the extent of the Group’s continuing involvement in the asset. 

For the purposes of the cash flow statement, cash and cash equivalents comprise the following balances with less than 90 days
 maturity.

Classification and measurement 

Cash and balances with Central Banks  (note 10)

3,306,085

3,761,635

2,430,613

3,041,858

Amounts due from other banks  (note 11)1 

Amounts due to other banks  (note 17)

1,779,677

(363,665)

1,737,981

1,595,587

1,665,094

(272,272)

(604,785)

(529,592)

4,722,097

5,227,344

3,421,415

4,177,360

1  Amounts due from other banks includes deposits of K61.242 million (2022: K57.856 million) held with counter-party banks that are not available for use by the Group.

Financial assets are grouped into the following classes: cash and balances with central banks and financial assets measured at 
fair value through income statement (FVIS), investment securities, loans, other financial assets and life insurance assets. 

Financial assets are classified based on a) the business model within which the assets are managed, and b) whether the 
contractual cash flows of the instrument represent solely payment of principal and interest (SPPI). 

The Group determines the business model at the level that reflects how groups of financial assets are managed. When assessing 
the business model the Group considers factors including how performance and risks are managed, evaluated and reported and 
the frequency and volume of, and reason for, sales in previous periods and expectations of sales in future periods.

80

81

OVERVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCE STATEMENTFINANCIALSTATEMENTSPERFORMANCE REVIEWREMUNERATION REPORTSHAREHOLDERINFORMATIONANNUAL REPORT 2023 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements
for the Year Ended 31 December 2023

Notes to the Financial Statements
for the Year Ended 31 December 2023

Financial Instruments: Financial Assets (continued) 

Classification and measurement (continued) 

Financial Instruments: Financial Assets (continued) 

Derivative financial instruments and acceptances 

When assessing whether contractual cash flows are SPPI, interest is defined as consideration primarily for the time value of 
money and the credit risk of the principal outstanding. The time value of money is defined as the element of interest that provides 
consideration only for the passage of time and not consideration for other risks or costs associated with holding the financial 
asset. Terms that could change the contractual cash flows so that they may not meet the SPPI criteria include contingent and 
leverage features, non-recourse arrangements, and features that could modify the time value of money. 

Debt instruments 

Forward foreign exchange contracts entered into for trading purposes are initially recognised at fair value and subsequently 
re-measured at fair value based upon the forward rate.  Gains and losses on such contracts are taken to the Statement of 
Comprehensive Income. 

Acceptances comprise undertakings by the Group to pay bills of exchange drawn on customers. The Group expects most 
acceptances to be settled simultaneously with the reimbursement from the customers.  Customer acceptances are accounted for 
as off-balance sheet transactions and are disclosed as contingent liabilities and commitments. 

If the debt instruments have contractual cash flows which represent SPPI on the principal balance outstanding they are classified 
at: 

The Group does not actively enter into or trade in complex forms of derivative financial instruments such as currency and interest 
rate swaps and options.

• 

• 

• 

amortised cost if they are held within a business model whose objective is achieved through holding the financial asset to 
collect these cash flows; or
fair value through other comprehensive income (FVOCI) if they are held within a business model whose objective is achieved 
either through collecting these cash flows or selling the financial asset; or
FVIS if they are held within a business model whose objective is achieved through selling the financial asset.

Debt instruments are measured at FVIS where the contractual cash flows do not represent SPPI on the principal balance 
outstanding or where it is designated at FVIS to eliminate or reduce an accounting mismatch. Debt instruments at amortised cost 
are initially recognised at fair value and subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective interest rate method. They 
are presented net of provisions for expected credit losses determined using the ECL model.

Debt instruments at FVOCI are measured at fair value with unrealised gains and losses recognised in other comprehensive 
income except for interest income, impairment charges and foreign exchange gains and losses, which are recognised in the 
Statement of Comprehensive Income. Impairment on debt instruments at FVOCI is determined using the ECL model and is 
recognised in the Statement of Comprehensive Income with a corresponding amount in other comprehensive income. There 
is no reduction of the carrying value of the debt security which remains at fair value. The cumulative gain or loss recognised in 
other comprehensive income is subsequently recognised in the Statement of Comprehensive Income when the instrument is 
derecognised.

Debt instruments at FVIS are measured at fair value with subsequent changes in fair value recognised in the Statement of 
Comprehensive Income. 

Equity securities 

Equity securities are measured at FVOCI where they: 

• 
• 

are not held for trading; and
an irrevocable election is made by the Group.

Otherwise, they are measured at FVIS. 

Equity securities at FVOCI are measured at fair value with unrealised gains and losses recognised in other comprehensive 
income, except for dividend income which is recognised in the Statement of Comprehensive Income.  

10. Cash and Operating Balances with Central Banks

All amounts are expressed in K’000

Notes, coins and cash at bank

Consolidated 

Bank

2023

2022

2023

2022 

707,416

574,100

612,198

506,296

Balances with Central Banks other than statutory deposit

2,598,669

3,187,535

1,818,415

2,535,562

At 31 December

3,306,085

3,761,635

2,430,613

3,041,858

11. Amounts Due from Other Banks

Items in the course of collection

Placements with other banks

At 31 December

12. Treasury and Central Bank Bills

Treasury and Central Bank Bills - face value

Unearned interest

Less allowance for impairment

Financial assets carried at fair value through profit and loss

Treasury Bills at fair value

At 31 December

Allowance for impairment

At 1 January

Provision for impairment

At 31 December

70,304

61,316

70,307

61,316

1,709,373

1,676,665

1,525,280

1,603,778

1,779,677

1,737,981

1,595,587

1,665,094

3,857,037

4,210,746

3,827,169

4,189,940

(36,488)

(21,969)

(69,522)

(22,613)

(37,205)

(21,854)

(70,153)

(22,437)

3,798,580

4,118,611

3,768,110

4,097,350

5,018

9,729

-

-

3,803,598

4,128,340

3,768,110

4,097,350

22,613

(644)

21,969

27,727

(5,114)

22,613

22,437

(583)

21,854

27,551

(5,114)

22,437

The cumulative gain or loss recognised in other comprehensive income is not subsequently recognised in the Statement of 
Comprehensive Income when the instrument is disposed. 

13.   Cash Reserve Requirement with Central Banks

Equity securities at FVIS are measured at fair value with subsequent changes in fair value recognised in the Statement of 
Comprehensive Income. 

The Bank and the Group comply with the Cash Reserve Requirement (“CRR”) set by the regulatory authorities of the jurisdictions 
that it operates in. The CRR specifies that a bank must hold an amount equal to a percentage of its total customer deposits in the 
form of cash in an account maintained by the respective Central Banks.  The Bank and Group comply with this requirement on an 
ongoing basis. CRR applicable for each jurisdiction at balance date were: PNG 10% (2022: 10%), Fiji 10% (2022: 10%), Solomon 
Islands 5% (2022: 5%), Samoa 4.5% (2022: 4.5%), Tonga 10% (2022: 10%) and Vanuatu 5.25% (2022: 5.25%).

82

83

OVERVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCE STATEMENTFINANCIALSTATEMENTSPERFORMANCE REVIEWREMUNERATION REPORTSHAREHOLDERINFORMATIONANNUAL REPORT 2023 
 
 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements
for the Year Ended 31 December 2023

Notes to the Financial Statements
for the Year Ended 31 December 2023

14.   Other Financial Assets

15.   Loans and Receivables from Customers (continued) 

All amounts are expressed in K’000

2023

2022

2023

2022 

Consolidated 

Bank

Accounting Policy (continued) 

Lease financing 

Inscribed Stock - issued by Central Bank

Less allowance for impairment

Financial assets carried at fair value through profit and loss:

Government Inscribed Stock

Equity securities

At 31 December

Allowance for impairment

At 1 January

Provision for impairment

At 31 December

15.   Loans and Receivables from Customers

Accounting Policy 

5,815,175

4,273,842

5,774,422

4,233,877

(33,460)

(23,236)

(33,260)

(23,032)

5,781,715

4,250,606

5,741,162

4,210,845

277,876

313,860

246,719

291,828

-

-

-

-

6,373,451

4,789,153

5,741,162

4,210,845

23,236

10,224

33,460

20,814

2,422

23,236

23,032

10,228

33,260

20,574

2,458

23,032

Loans are originated by providing funds directly to the borrower and are recognised when cash is advanced to borrowers. Loans 
are subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective interest rate method where they have contractual cash flows 
which represent SPPI on the principal balance outstanding and they are held within a business model whose objective is achieved 
through holding the loans to collect these cash flows. They are presented net of any provisions for ECL. 

All amounts are expressed in K’000

Overdrafts

Lease financing

Term Loans

Mortgages

Consolidated 

Bank

2023 

2022 
(restated)

2023 

2022 

1,329,034

977,113

1,266,512

187,292

198,969

165,604

915,566

161,562

12,320,061

10,928,676

11,550,128

10,220,097

2,888,873

2,786,758

2,465,798

2,364,110

Gross loans and receivables from customers net of unearned interest

16,725,260

14,891,516

15,448,042 13,661,335

Less allowance for losses on loans and receivables from customers

(712,238)

(642,115)

(645,909)

(583,426)

At 31 December

16,013,022

14,249,401

14,802,133

13,077,909

The spread of the loans is detailed in the maturity analysis table in Note 23.  The loans are well-diversified across various sectors 
and are further analysed in Note 22. Allowance for losses includes K97.057 million (Bank K83.055 million), 2022: K77.227 million 
(Bank K64.997 million) provision taken up for interest recognised on stage 3 loans.

84

The Bank and the Group provide lease financing to a broad range of clients to support financing needs in acquiring movable 
assets such as motor vehicles and plant and equipment. Finance leases are included within Loans and receivables from 
customers and are analysed as follows:

All amounts are expressed in K’000

2023

2022

2023

2022 

Consolidated 

Bank

Gross investment in finance lease receivable

Not later than 1 year

Later than 1 year and not later than 5 years

Unearned future finance income

Not later than 1 year

Later than 1 year and not later than 5 years

Present value of minimum lease payments receivable

12,203

190,300

34,501

185,781

11,214

164,258

32,514

143,911

202,503

220,282

175,472

176,425

(1,114)

(14,097)

(15,211)

187,292

(4,441)

(16,872)

(21,313)

198,969

(1,094)

(8,774)

(9,868)

(4,340)

(10,523)

(14,863)

165,604

161,562

Present value of minimum lease payments receivable is analysed as follows:

Not later than 1 year 

Later than 1 year and not later than 5 years

At 31 December

11,089

176,203

187,292

30,060

168,909

198,969

10,120

28,174

155,484

133,388

165,604

161,562

Allowance for Expected Credit Losses

Accounting Policy

Impairment under IFRS 9 applies to all financial assets at amortised cost, lease receivables and credit commitments.

The ECL determined under IFRS 9 is recognised as follows:

• 

• 

loans (including lease receivables), debt securities at amortised cost and due from subsidiaries: as a reduction of the carrying 
value of the financial asset through an offsetting provision account; and
credit commitments: as a provision recorded within other liabilities.  

Measurement

The Group calculates the provisions for ECL based on a three stage approach. ECL are a probability-weighted estimate of 
the cash shortfalls expected to result from defaults over the relevant timeframe. They are determined by evaluating a range of 
possible outcomes and taking into account the time value of money, past events, current conditions and forecasts of future 
economic conditions.

The models use three main components to determine the ECL including: 

• 
• 
• 

Probability of default (PD): the probability that a counterparty will default;
Loss given default (LGD): the loss that is expected to arise in the event of a default; and
Exposure at default (EAD): the estimated outstanding amount of credit exposure at the time of the default.

85

OVERVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCE STATEMENTFINANCIALSTATEMENTSPERFORMANCE REVIEWREMUNERATION REPORTSHAREHOLDERINFORMATIONANNUAL REPORT 2023 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements
for the Year Ended 31 December 2023

Notes to the Financial Statements
for the Year Ended 31 December 2023

15.   Loans and Receivables from Customers (continued)

15.   Loans and Receivables from Customers (continued) 

Allowance for Expected Credit Losses (continued)

Allowance for Expected Credit Losses (continued) 

Model stages 

The three stages are as follows: 

Stage 1: 12 months ECL - performing 

For financial assets where there has been no significant increase in credit risk since origination, a provision for 12 months ECL is 
recognised.

Stage 2: Lifetime ECL – performing

For financial assets where there has been a significant increase in credit risk since origination but where the asset is still performing, 
a provision for lifetime ECL is recognised. 

Stage 3: Lifetime ECL – non-performing

For financial assets that are non-performing a provision for lifetime ECL is recognised. Indicators include a breach of contract with 
the Group such as a default on interest or principal payments, a borrower experiencing significant financial difficulties or observable 
economic conditions that correlate to defaults on a group of loans. 

Collective and individual assessment

Significant increase in credit risk 

Determining when a financial asset has experienced a significant increase in credit risk since origination is a critical accounting 
judgement which is primarily based on changes in internal customer risk grades since origination of the facility. Judgement is 
involved in setting the rules to determine whether there has been a significant increase in credit risk since initial recognition of a loan, 
resulting in the financial asset moving from ‘stage 1’ to ‘stage 2’, this increases the ECL calculation from an allowance based on the 
probability of default in the next 12 months, to an allowance for lifetime expected credit losses. Subsequent decreases in credit risk 
combined with transition from stage 2 to stage 1 may similarly result in significant changes in the estimate. The setting of precise 
trigger points requires judgement. The change in an internal customer risk grade is based on both quantitative and qualitative 
factors. The change in the internal customer risk grade that the Group uses to represent a significant increase in credit risk is based 
on a sliding scale. This means that a higher credit quality exposure at origination would require a more significant downgrade 
compared to a lower credit quality exposure before it is considered to have experienced a significant increase in credit risk. 

A backstop is applied and the financial instrument is considered to have experienced a significant increase in credit risk if the 
borrower is more than 30 days past due on its contractual payments.  

Customers in hardship arrangements are normally treated as an indication of a significant increase in credit risk. 

The Group does not apply the low credit risk exemption which assumes investment grade facilities do not have a significant increase 
in credit risk. 

Expected credit losses are estimated on a collective basis for exposures in Stage 1, Stage 2 and Stage 3 exposures below specified 
thresholds and on an individual basis for Stage 3 exposures that meet specified thresholds. 

Probability weighting of each scenario 

Expected life 

In considering the time frame for expected credit losses in stages 2 and 3, the standard generally requires use of the remaining 
contractual life adjusted where appropriate for prepayments, extension and other options. For certain revolving credit facilities 
which include both a drawn and undrawn component (e.g. credit cards and revolving lines of credit), the Group’s contractual ability 
to demand repayment and cancel the undrawn commitment does not limit the exposure to credit losses to the contractual notice 
period. For these facilities, lifetime is based on historical behaviour.

Movement between stages

Assets may move in both directions through the stages of the impairment model. Assets previously in stage 2 may move back to 
stage 1 if it is no longer considered that there has been a significant increase in credit risk. Similarly, assets in stage 3 may move 
back to stage 1 or stage 2 if they are no longer assessed to be non-performing.

Off-Balance Sheet amounts

Any off-balance sheet items, such as loan commitments, are considered for impairment both on an individual and collective basis.

Definition of default 

The definition of default used in measuring expected credit losses is aligned to the definition used for internal credit risk 
management purposes. The default occurs when there are indicators that a debtor is unlikely to fully satisfy contractual credit 
obligations to the Group, or the exposure is 90 days past due. Financial assets, including those that are well secured, are 
considered credit impaired for financial reporting purposes when they meet the definition of default. In subsequent periods, any 
recoveries of amounts previously written-off are credited to credit impairment charge in the Statement of Comprehensive Income.

Critical accounting assumptions and estimates 

Key judgements include when a significant increase in credit risk has occurred and estimation of forward looking macroeconomic 
information. Other factors which can impact the provision include the borrower’s financial situation, the realisable value of collateral, 
the Group’s position relative to other claimants, the reliability of customer information and the likely cost and duration of recovering 
the loan. 

86

The Group considers three future macroeconomic scenarios including a base case scenario along with upside and downside 
scenarios. Probability weighting of each scenario is determined by management considering the risks and uncertainties surrounding 
the base case scenario, as well as specific portfolio considerations where required. This is further expanded in note 22. 

• 

Base case scenario 
This scenario utilises external economic forecasts used for strategic decision making and forecasting, resulting in the base 
case representing comparable market average default rates.

•  Upside scenario 

This scenario represents a modest improvement on the base case scenario, resulting in lower than market average default 
rates.

•  Downside scenario 

This scenario represents a moderate recession, with higher than market average default rates. 

Forward looking macroeconomic information

The measurement of ECL for each stage and the assessment of significant increase in credit risk consider information about past 
events and current conditions as well as reasonable and supportable projections of future events and economic conditions. The 
estimation of forward-looking information is a critical accounting judgement. The macroeconomic variables used in these scenarios, 
based on current economic forecasts, include (but are not limited to) change in real gross domestic product growth rates and 
unemployment rates.

The macroeconomic scenarios are weighted based on the Group’s best estimate of the relative likelihood of each scenario. The 
weighting applied to each of the three macroeconomic scenarios takes into account historical frequency, current trends, and forward 
looking conditions.

The macroeconomic variables and probability weightings of the three macroeconomic scenarios are subject to the approval of the 
Group Chief Financial Officer and Group Chief Risk Officer.

Where appropriate, adjustments will be made to modelled outcomes to reflect reasonable and supportable information not already 
incorporated in the models.

Judgements can change with time as new information becomes available which could result in changes to the provision for 
expected credit losses. 

87

OVERVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCE STATEMENTFINANCIALSTATEMENTSPERFORMANCE REVIEWREMUNERATION REPORTSHAREHOLDERINFORMATIONANNUAL REPORT 2023 
Notes to the Financial Statements
for the Year Ended 31 December 2023

15.   Loans and Receivables from Customers (continued) 

Allowance for Expected Credit Losses (continued)

The loss allowance recognised in the period is impacted by a variety of factors, as described below and as detailed in the following 
table:

 All amounts are expressed in K’000

Provision for impairment

Consolidated 

Bank

2023

2022

2023

2022 

Movement in allowance for losses on loans and receivables from customers:

Balance at 1 January

Net new and increased provisioning / (release of provisions)

642,115

92,654

725,533

33,128

583,426

74,710

667,524

23,086

Loans written off against provisions / (write back of provisions no longer required)

(22,531)

(116,546)

(12,227)

(107,184)

At 31 December

712,238

642,115

645,909

583,426

Provision for impairment is represented by;

Collective provision for on balance sheet exposure

Individually assessed or specific provision

Total provisions for on balance sheet exposure

Collective provision for off balance sheet exposure

At 31 December

Loan impairment expense

Net collective provision funding

Net new and increased individually assessed provisioning

Total new and increased provisioning/(release of provisions)

Recoveries

Net write off

At 31 December

365,935

291,497

657,432

54,806

345,363

225,671

571,034

71,081

341,734

252,688

321,014

194,877

594,422

515,891

51,487

67,535

712,238

642,115

645,909

583,426

(1,640)

94,294

92,654

(77,833)

157,794

172,615

(25,282)

58,410

33,128

(165)

(16,239)

74,875

74,710

39,325

23,086

(64,121)

(75,569)

(62,057)

28,326

(2,667)

156,776

26,457

155,917

(12,514)

The loss allowance recognised in the period is impacted by a variety of factors, as described below: 

• 

• 

transfers between Stage 1 and Stages 2 or 3 due to financial instruments experiencing significant increases (or decreases) of 
credit risk or becoming credit-impaired in the period, and the consequent “step up” (or “step down”) between 12-month and 
Lifetime ECL; 

net financial assets originated, which includes additional allowances for new financial instruments recognised during the 
period, net of releases for financial instruments de-recognised in the period; 

•  movement in risk parameters and other changes arising from regular refreshing of inputs to models, foreign exchange 

retranslations for assets denominated in foreign currencies and other movements; and 

•  management temporary adjustments taken up during the reporting period have been reflected as transfers from Stage 1 to 

Stage 2.

Notes to the Financial Statements
for the Year Ended 31 December 2023

15.   Loans and Receivables from Customers (continued) 

The impact of the factors on the Group’s exposure and loss allowance is detailed in the following table:

 All amounts are expressed in K’000

EAD - Loans and receivables from customers

1 January 2022

Transfers to/ (from)

Stage 1

Stage 2

Stage 3

Net financial assets originated

IFRS 17 restatement

Total movement in EAD during the year

31 December 2022

ECL - Loans and receivables from customers

 1 January 2022

Transfers to/(from)

Stage 1

Stage 2

Stage 3

Net financial assets originated

Transfers between stages

Movements due to risk parameter and other changes

Total net P&L charge/ (release) during 2022

Loans written off against provision/(write back of provision no longer required)

31 December 2022

EAD - Loans and receivables from customers

1 January 2023

Transfers to/(from)

Stage 1

Stage 2

Stage 3

Net financial assets originated

Total movement in EAD during the year

31 December 2023

ECL - Loans and receivables from customers

1 January 2023

Transfers to/(from)

Stage 1

Stage 2

Stage 3

Net financial assets originated 

Transfers between stages

Movements due to risk parameter and other changes

Total net P&L charge/ (release) during 2023

Stage 1 
(restated)

Stage 2 

Stage 3 

Total 
(restated)

11,913,896

1,909,091

526,042

14,349,029

(294,713)

223,927

521,995

(577,144)

-

1,330

70,786

55,149

(1,330)

-

-

-

1,038,201

(207,047)

(169,215)

661,939

(119,452)

-

-

(119,452)

1,146,031

(558,934)

(44,610)

542,487

13,059,927

1,350,157

481,432

14,891,516

217,763

178,386

277,077

673,226

(5,483)

57,458

-

(39,979)

(12,763)

19,476

18,709

-

4,622

(61,822)

78

(11,292)

(10,863)

9,782

(69,495)

861

4,364

(78)

22,910

6,190

30,893

65,140

-

-

-

(28,361)

(17,436)

60,151

14,354

-

(116,546)

(116,546)

236,472

108,891

225,671

571,034

13,059,927

1,350,157

481,432

14,891,516

(351,029)

270,059

462,385

(641,612)

-

4,254

80,970

179,227

(4,254)

-

-

-

2,214,747

(308,028)

(72,975)

1,833,744

2,326,103

(675,327)

182,968

1,833,744

15,386,030

674,830

664,400

16,725,260

236,472

108,891

225,671

571,034

(6,107)

29,682

-

63,176

(24,219)

(28,165)

5,286

(45,015)

147

3,265

10,640

11,882

34,367

(13,795)

821

15,333

(147)

(17,460)

48,779

41,031

88,357

(22,531)

291,497

-

-

-

48,981

35,200

24,748

108,929

(22,531)

657,432

89

88

Loans written off against provision/(write back of provision no longer required)

-

-

31 December 2023

270,839

95,096

OVERVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCE STATEMENTFINANCIALSTATEMENTSPERFORMANCE REVIEWREMUNERATION REPORTSHAREHOLDERINFORMATIONANNUAL REPORT 2023 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements
for the Year Ended 31 December 2023

Notes to the Financial Statements
for the Year Ended 31 December 2023

15.   Loans and Receivables from Customers (continued) 

Financial Instruments: Financial Liabilities   

Total off balance sheet exposures are predominantly classified under stage 1 as at balance date.

Accounting Policy 

Recognition

All amounts are expressed in K’000

2023  
Stage 1

2022 
Stage 1

Gross  
Exposure

Provisions

Gross 
Exposure

Provisions

Financial liabilities are recognised when an obligation arises. 

Classification and subsequent measurement 

Balance 1 January

4,593,667

71,081

3,284,336

Increase/(decrease) in exposure to expected credit losses

(1,092,541)

(16,275)

1,309,331

Balance at 31 December

3,501,126

54,806

4,593,667

52,307

18,774

71,081

Write-off policy 

The Group writes off financial assets, in whole or in part, when it has exhausted all practical recovery efforts and has concluded 
there is no reasonable expectation of recovery. Indicators that there is no reasonable expectation of recovery include (i) ceasing 
enforcement activity and (ii) where the Group’s recovery method is foreclosing on collateral and the value of the collateral is such 
that there is no reasonable expectation of recovering in full.

The Group may write-off financial assets that are still subject to enforcement activity. The Group still seeks to recover amounts it is 
legally owed in full, but which have been partially written off due to no reasonable expectation of full recovery.

16.   Other Assets

All amounts are expressed in K’000

Financial assets

Funds in transit and other assets1 

Intercompany account

Prepayments

Accounts receivable

Accrued income

Tax receivable

Non-financial assets

Inventory

Investment in Joint Ventures

Intangible assets

Investment properties

At 31 December

1 Funds in transit includes interbank transactions which are in the process of clearance.

Consolidated 

Bank

2023

2022

2023

2022 

357,551

259,610

281,819

208,837

-

40,605

6,321

11,818

40,033

-

47,293

5,021

7,846

-

5,068

31,793

4,519

10,216

40,836

4,476

39,665

2,023

6,315

-

456,328

319,770

374,251

261,316

31,872

303,617

282,243

363,166

25,227

270,111

294,397

329,201

-

-

29,615

26,127

276,272

286,368

-

-

980,898

918,936

305,887

312,495

1,437,226

1,238,706

680,138

573,811

Financial liabilities are classified as subsequently measured at amortised cost, except for: 

• 

Financial liabilities arising from the transfer of financial assets which did not qualify for de-recognition, whereby a financial 
liability is recognised for the consideration received for the transfer. In subsequent periods, the Group recognises any 
expense incurred on the financial liability; and 

• 

Financial guarantee contracts and loan commitments.

De-recognition

Financial liabilities are derecognised when they are extinguished (i.e. when the obligation specified in the contract is discharged, 
cancelled or expires).

The exchange between the Group and its original lenders of debt instruments with substantially different terms, as well as 
substantial modifications of the terms of existing financial liabilities, are accounted for as an extinguishment of the original 
financial liability and the recognition of a new financial liability. The terms are substantially different if the discounted present value 
of the cash flows under the new terms, including any fees paid net of any fees received and discounted using the original effective 
interest rate, is at least 10% different from the discounted present value of the remaining cash flows of the original financial 
liability. In addition, other qualitative factors, such as the currency that the instrument is denominated in, changes in the type of 
interest rate, new conversion features attached to the instrument and change in covenants are also taken into consideration. 
If an exchange of debt instruments or modification of terms is accounted for as an extinguishment, any costs or fees incurred 
are recognised as part of the gain or loss on the extinguishment. If the exchange or modification is not accounted for as an 
extinguishment, any costs or fees incurred adjust the carrying amount of the liability and are amortised over the remaining term of 
the modified liability. 

Financial guarantee contracts and loan commitments 

Financial guarantee contracts are contracts that require the issuer to make specified payments to reimburse the holder for a loss 
it incurs because a specified debtor fails to make payments when due, in accordance with the terms of a debt instrument. Such 
financial guarantees are given to banks, financial institutions and others on behalf of customers to secure loans, overdrafts and 
other banking facilities.

Financial guarantee contracts are initially measured at fair value and subsequently measured at the higher of: 

• 

• 

The amount of the loss allowance (calculated as described in note 15); or 

The premium received on initial recognition less income recognised in accordance with the principles of IFRS 15. 

Expected credit loss on loan commitments provided by the Group is measured as the amount of the loss allowance (calculated as 
described in note 15). The Group has not provided any commitment to provide loans at a below-market interest rate, or that can 
be settled net in cash or by delivering or issuing another financial instrument. 

For loan commitments and financial guarantee contracts, the loss allowance is recognised as a provision liability.

90

91

OVERVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCE STATEMENTFINANCIALSTATEMENTSPERFORMANCE REVIEWREMUNERATION REPORTSHAREHOLDERINFORMATIONANNUAL REPORT 2023 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements
for the Year Ended 31 December 2023

Notes to the Financial Statements
for the Year Ended 31 December 2023

17.    Amounts Due to Other Banks 

20.   Contingent Liabilities and Commitments (continued)

All amounts are expressed in K’000

Vostro account balances

Interbank account balances

At 31 December

18.   Customer Deposits

On demand and short term deposits

Term deposits

At 31 December

Consolidated

Bank

2023

2022

2023

2022

155,078

208,587

154,877

117,395

155,100

449,685

154,899

374,693

363,665

272,272

604,785

529,592

26,845,460

24,075,220

25,598,031

23,049,105

2,989,651

2,844,141

2,313,946

2,145,788

29,835,111

26,919,361

27,911,977 25,194,893

The deposits are diversified across industries and regions with the maturity profile of deposits included in note 23.

19.   Other Liabilities

All amounts are expressed in K’000

Creditors and accruals

Provision for income tax

Items in transit and all other liabilities

Lease liability

Borrowings

Insurance liabilities

Other provisions

At 31 December

Consolidated

Bank

2023

2022
(restated)

2023

2022

131,693

181,433

92,135

107,497

-

428,128

279,816

-

152,600

205,652

2,507

340,793

285,581

246,480

114,294

220,942

-

541,337

251,468

-

-

4,104

463,625

256,957

246,479

-

187,418

203,822

1,197,889

1,392,030

1,072,358

1,282,484

20.   Contingent Liabilities and Commitments

The primary purpose of credit related commitments is to ensure that funds are available to a customer as required. Guarantees 
and standby letters of credit, which represent irrevocable assurances that the bank will make payments in the event that a 
customer cannot meet its obligations to third parties, carry the same credit risk as loans.  Cash requirements under guarantees 
and standby letters of credit are considerably less than the amount of the commitment because the Group does not generally 
expect the third party to draw funds under the agreement.  

Commitments to extend credit represent the unused portions of authorisations to extend credit in the form of loans, guarantees or 
letters of credit.  With respect to credit risk on commitments to extend credit, the Group is potentially exposed to loss in an amount 
equal to the total unused commitments. However, the likely amount of loss, though not difficult to quantify, is considerably less 
than the total unused commitments since most commitments to extend credit are subject to customers maintaining approved 
specific credit standards.  While there is credit risk associated with the remainder of commitments, the risk is considered to be 
modest, since it results from the possibility of unused portions of loan authorisations being drawn by the customer and, second, 
from these drawings subsequently not being repaid as due. The total outstanding contractual amount of commitments to extend 
does not necessarily represent future cash requirements, since many of these commitments will expire or terminate without being 
funded.

The Bank has for some time been working to uplift and strengthen the Group’s systems and processes to comply with the Anti-
money Laundering and Counter Terrorist Financing Act 2015 (AML and CTF). BSP has implemented various improvements, 
involving significant investment in systems and personnel, to its AML/CTF Program. 

Improvements undertaken by BSP include a revision of governance structures to give Directors enhanced oversight over the 
Compliance and AML functions; increased AML staffing resources; updated Risk Assessments and Policies; implementation of 
and enhancements to transaction monitoring systems; improved customer documentation and identification procedures and a 
comprehensive AML/CTF training program for staff who support the AML/CTF Program, as well as an awareness program for all 
its staff. The Board also monitors the effectiveness of its AML and CTF program through internal and external audit reviews where 
specific compliance issues and weaknesses are brought to the attention of the Board.  This is an ongoing process and further 
uplifting and strengthening of the AML and CTF program may be required. 

The Financial Analysis and Supervision Unit (FASU) had advised BSP on 22 December 2022 that no penalties or fines will be 
levied in relation to the most recent external audit of BSP’s AML/CTF policies and procedures.  FASU have advised they will 
continue to monitor progress on the execution of BSP’s Action Plan designed to improve the level of compliance with AML/CTF 
policies and procedures. Accordingly, no provision has been raised for this matter.

The Group operates in a number of regulated markets and is subject to regulatory reviews and inquiries. The potential outcome 
and total costs associated with these regulatory reviews and inquiries and the remediation processes for any issues identified in 
the future remain uncertain.

Off balance sheet financial instruments

All amounts are expressed in K’000

Letters of credit

Guarantees and indemnities issued

Commitments to extend credit

Consolidated

Bank

2023

2022

2023

2022

238,236

286,312

238,851

311,483

230,572

267,390

238,302

297,149

2,976,617

4,043,398

2,819,050

3,871,846

3,501,165

4,593,732

3,317,012

4,407,297

Commitments for capital expenditure

Amounts with firms commitments, and not reflected in the accounts

44,585

42,348

16,358

31,963

Legal Proceedings

A number of legal proceedings against the Group were outstanding as at 31 December 2023. For all litigation exposure where 
a loss is probable, an appropriate provision has been made.  Based on information available at 31 December 2023, the Group 
estimates a contingent liability of K16.4 million (2022: K29.6 million) in respect of these proceedings. 

92

93

OVERVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCE STATEMENTFINANCIALSTATEMENTSPERFORMANCE REVIEWREMUNERATION REPORTSHAREHOLDERINFORMATIONANNUAL REPORT 2023 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements
for the Year Ended 31 December 2023

21.   Risk Management Framework and Controls 

All business operations must deal with a variety of operational and financial risks. The business activities of a bank expose it to very 
critical and specific risks, which are principally related to the Group's primary financial intermediary role in the financial markets, 
including the use of financial instruments including derivatives. These risks (risk of an adverse event in the financial markets that may 
result in loss of earnings) include liquidity risk, foreign exchange risk, interest rate risk and credit risk.

The Group accepts deposits from customers at both fixed and floating rates and for various periods and seeks to earn above average 
interest margins by investing these funds in high quality assets.  These margins are achieved and increased by consolidating short-
term funds and lending for longer periods at higher rates whilst maintaining sufficient liquidity to meet all claims that might fall due.

The Group also seeks to optimise its interest margins by obtaining above average returns, net of provisions, through lending to 
commercial and retail borrowers with a range of credit standing.  In addition to directly advancing funds to borrowers, the Group also 
enters into guarantees and other commitments such as letters of credit, performance bonds, and other bonds.

The Group also enters into transactions denominated in foreign currencies. This activity generally requires the Group to take foreign 
currency positions in order to exploit short term movements in the foreign currency market.  The Board places limits on the size of 
these positions. The Group also has a policy of using offsetting commitments for foreign exchange contracts, effectively minimising 
the risk of loss due to adverse movements in foreign currencies.

Risk in the Group is managed through a system of delegated limits. These limits set the maximum level of risk that can be assumed 
by each operational unit and the Group as a whole. The limits are delegated from the Board of Directors to executive management 
and hence to the respective operational managers.

The risk management framework establishes roles, responsibilities and accountabilities of the Asset and Liability Committee, the 
Credit Committee, the Operational Risk Committee and the Executive Committee, the specific management committees charged 
with the responsibility for ensuring the Group has appropriate systems, policies and procedures to measure, monitor and report 
on risk management. The framework also includes policies and procedures which detail formal feedback processes to these 
management committees, to the Board Audit and Compliance Committee, Board Risk Committee and ultimately to the Board of 
Directors.

22.   Credit Risk and Asset Quality 

22.1   Credit risk 

Notes to the Financial Statements
for the Year Ended 31 December 2023

22.  

Credit Risk and Asset Quality (continued)

22.1  

Credit risk (continued)

22.1.1   Credit risk measurement

Credit risk grading 

The Group uses an internal credit risk grading system that reflects its assessment of the probability of default of individual 
counterparties. Borrower and loan specific information collected at the time of application (such as disposable income, and 
level of collateral for retail exposures; and turnover and industry type for wholesale exposures) is fed into this rating model. This 
is supplemented with external data such as credit bureau scoring information on individual borrowers. In addition, the models 
enable expert judgement from the Group Chief Risk Officer to be fed into the final internal credit rating for each exposure. This 
allows for considerations which may not be captured as part of the other data inputs into the model. 

The Group’s rating method comprises 11 rating levels for instruments not in default (1 to 11) and three default classes (12 to 14). 
The master scale assigns each rating category a specified range of probabilities of default, which is stable over time. The rating 
methods are subject to an annual validation and recalibration so that they reflect the latest projections in the light of all actually 
observed defaults.

Group Internal Scale

S&P Letter Grade

Description

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

BBB+

BBB

BBB-

BB+

BB

BB-

B+

B

B-

CCC+

CCC

CCC-

D-I

D-II

Standard Monitoring

Special Monitoring

Substandard

Doubtful

Loss

The Group incurs risk with regard to loans and receivables due from customers and other monies or investments held with financial 
institutions. Credit risk is the likelihood of future financial loss resulting from the failure of clients or counter-parties to meet contractual 
obligations to the Group as they fall due. 

22.1.2   Expected credit loss measurement 

Credit risk is managed by analysing the risk spread across various sectors of the economy and ensuring risk is diversely spread 
across personal and commercial customers. Individual exposures are measured using repayment performance, reviews and 
statistical techniques. Comprehensive credit standards and approval limits have been formulated and approved by the Credit 
Committee. The Credit Committee (reporting to the Board through the Group Chief Executive Officer) is responsible for the 
development and implementation of credit policy and loan portfolio review methodology. The Credit Committee is the final arbiter of 
risk management and loan risk concentration.   

The Group has in place processes that identify, assess and control credit risk in relation to the loan portfolio, to assist in determining 
the appropriateness of provisions for loan impairment. These processes also enable assessments to be made of other classes of 
assets that may carry an element of credit risk. The Group assigns quality indicators to its credit exposures to determine the asset 
quality profile. 

22.1.1   Credit risk measurement 

Loans and advances (incl. loan commitments and guarantees) 

The estimation of credit exposure for risk management purposes is complex and requires the use of models, as the exposure varies 
with changes in market conditions, expected cash flows and the passage of time. The assessment of credit risk of a portfolio of assets 
entails further estimations as to the likelihood of defaults occurring, of the associated loss ratios and of default correlations between 
counterparties. The Group measures credit risk using Probability of Default (PD), Exposure at Default (EAD) and Loss Given Default 
(LGD).

94

IFRS 9 outlines a ‘three-stage’ model for impairment based on changes in credit quality since initial recognition, as summarised 
below:

• 

• 

• 

A financial instrument that is not credit-impaired on initial recognition is classified in ‘Stage 1’ and has its credit risk 
continuously monitored by the Group. 

If a significant increase in credit risk since initial recognition is identified, the financial instrument is moved to ‘Stage 2’ but 
is not yet deemed to be credit-impaired. Please refer to note 22.1.2.1 for a description of how the Group determines when a 
significant increase in credit risk has occurred. 

If the financial instrument is credit-impaired, the financial instrument is then moved to ‘Stage 3’. Please refer to note 22.1.2.2 
for a description of how the Group defines credit-impaired and default. 

Financial instruments in Stage 1 have their ECL measured at an amount equal to the portion of lifetime expected credit losses 
that result from default events possible within the next 12 months. Instruments in Stages 2 or 3 have their ECL measured based 
on expected credit losses on a lifetime basis. Please refer to note 22.1.2.3 for a description of inputs, assumptions and estimation 
techniques used in measuring the ECL. 

• 

A pervasive concept in measuring ECL in accordance with IFRS 9 is that it should consider forward-looking information. Note 
22.1.2.3 includes an explanation of how the Group has incorporated this in its ECL models. 

95

OVERVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCE STATEMENTFINANCIALSTATEMENTSPERFORMANCE REVIEWREMUNERATION REPORTSHAREHOLDERINFORMATIONANNUAL REPORT 2023 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements
for the Year Ended 31 December 2023

22.  

Credit Risk and Asset Quality (continued)

22.1  

Credit risk (continued)

The following diagram summarises the impairment requirements under IFRS 9. 

Change in credit quality since initial recognition

Stage 1

Stage 2

Stage 3

(Initial recognition) 

(Significant increase in credit risk since 
 initial recognition) 

(Credit-impaired assets) 

12-month expected credit losses

Lifetime expected credit losses

Lifetime expected credit losses

The key judgements and assumptions adopted by the Group in addressing the requirements of the standard are discussed below:

22.1.2.1 Significant increase in credit risk

The Group considers a financial instrument to have experienced a significant increase in credit risk when one or more of the 
following quantitative, qualitative or backstop criteria have been met: 

•  Qualitative Criteria - if the instrument meets one or more of the following criteria: 

 - Significant adverse changes in business, financial and/or economic conditions in which the borrower operates.
 - Actual or expected forbearance or restructuring.
 - Actual or expected significant adverse change in operating results of the borrower.
 - Significant change in collateral value (secured facilities only) which is expected to increase risk of default.
 - Early signs of cash flow/liquidity problems such as delay in servicing of trade creditors/loans. 

•  Quantitative criteria - applies to performing loans risk graded at 10 or 11 as per BSP’s credit rating system which are ‘watch 
list’ categories.  By definition, these have experienced a SICR event since inception hence need to be classified as Stage 2, 
with lifetime PDs applicable.  This criteria applies regardless of whether loans in these two risk grades are in arrears or not. 

• 

Backstop - A backstop is applied and the financial instrument considered to have experienced a significant increase in credit 
risk if the borrower is more than 30 days past due on its contractual payments. The Group has not used the low credit risk 
exemption for any financial instrument in the year ended 31 December 2023. 

22.1.2.2  Definition of default and credit-impaired assets

The Group defines a financial instrument as in default, which is fully aligned with the definition of credit-impaired, when it meets 
one or more of the following criteria:

Quantitative criteria  
The borrower is more than 90 days past due on its contractual payments.

Qualitative criteria
The borrower meets unlikeliness to pay criteria, which indicates the borrower is in significant financial difficulty. These are 
instances where:

The borrower is in long-term forbearance.
• 
The borrower is deceased.
• 
The borrower is insolvent.
• 
The borrower is in breach of financial covenant(s).
• 
• 
An active market for that financial asset has disappeared because of financial difficulties.
•  Concessions have been made by the lender relating to the borrower’s financial difficulty.
• 
• 

It is becoming probable that the borrower will enter bankruptcy.
Financial assets are purchased or originated at a deep discount that reflects the incurred credit losses.

Notes to the Financial Statements
for the Year Ended 31 December 2023

22. Credit Risk and Asset Quality (continued)

22.1 Credit risk (continued)

The criteria above have been applied to all financial instruments held by the Group and are consistent with the definition of default 
used for internal credit risk management purposes. The default definition has been applied consistently to model the Probability of 
Default (PD), Exposure at Default (EAD) and Loss given Default (LGD) throughout the Group’s expected loss calculations. 

An instrument is considered to no longer be in default (i.e. to have cured) when it no longer meets any of the default criteria for 
a consecutive period of six months. This period of six months has been determined based on an analysis which considers the 
likelihood of a financial instrument returning to default status after cure using different possible cure definitions.

22.1.2.3 Measuring ECL – Explanation of inputs, assumptions and estimation techniques 

The Expected Credit Loss (ECL) is measured on either a 12-month (12M) or Lifetime basis depending on whether a significant 
increase in credit risk has occurred since initial recognition or whether an asset is considered to be credit-impaired. Expected 
credit losses are the product of the Probability of Default (PD), Exposure at Default (EAD), and Loss Given Default (LGD), defined 
as follows: 

• 

• 

• 

The PD represents the likelihood of a borrower defaulting on its financial obligation (as per “Definition of default and credit-
impaired” above), either over the next 12 months (12M PD), or over the remaining lifetime (Lifetime PD) of the obligation. 

EAD is based on the amounts the Group expects to be owed at the time of default, over the next 12 months (12M EAD) or 
over the remaining lifetime (Lifetime EAD). For example, for a revolving commitment, the Group includes the current drawn 
balance plus any further amount that is expected to be drawn up to the current contractual limit by the time of default, should 
it occur. 

Loss Given Default (LGD) represents the Group’s expectation of the extent of loss on a defaulted exposure. LGD varies by 
type of counterparty, type and seniority of claim and availability of collateral or other credit support. LGD is expressed as a 
percentage loss per unit of exposure at the time of default (EAD). 

Forward-looking economic information is also included in determining the 12-month and lifetime PD, EAD and LGD. These 
assumptions vary by product type. Model adjustments are also included within the ECL allowance. Model adjustments are 
used in circumstances where it is judged that the existing inputs, assumptions and model techniques do not capture all relevant 
risk factors.  The emergence of new macroeconomic, microeconomic factors, changes to parameters or credit risk data not 
incorporated into current parameters are examples of such circumstances.

22. Credit Risk and Asset Quality 

The Group used statistical models to convert historical PDs into forward looking lifetime PDs. The conversion process looks at the 
historical relationship between long-term PDs for a particular year and the observed (annual) default rate for the same year (called 
the ‘Z-factor’) and a set of systematic factors for the year.  The Group has performed historical analysis and identified the key 
economic variables (systematic factors) impacting credit risk and expected credit losses which are as follows: 

•  GDP Growth (%)
•  Change in Unemployment (%)
•  Change in Equity Index (%)
•  Change in Energy Index (%)
•  Change in Non-Energy Index (%)
•  Change in the Proportion of Downgrades (%)

These are then compared to the expected systematic factors and long-term PDs for a future year to estimate the PiT PDs for that 
future year. Forecasts of these economic variables (the “base economic scenario”) are provided by the Group’s Strategy team and 
provide the best estimate view of the economy over the next five years. Z-factors are estimated for five years based on forecast 
systematic data and all future years from year 6 are adjusted using Z- factors which diminish in magnitude from the one estimated 
for year 5. 

96

97

OVERVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCE STATEMENTFINANCIALSTATEMENTSPERFORMANCE REVIEWREMUNERATION REPORTSHAREHOLDERINFORMATIONANNUAL REPORT 2023 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements
for the Year Ended 31 December 2023

22.  

Credit Risk and Asset Quality (continued)

22.1  

Credit risk (continued)

Economic variable assumptions 

The period-end assumptions used for the ECL estimate as at 31 December 2023 are set out below. The scenarios “base”, 
“upside” and “downside” were used for all portfolios. 

GDP Growth (%)

Change in Unemployment 
(% Total lab force) (%)

Change in Equity Index (%)

Change in Energy Index (%)

Base

Upside

Downside

Base

Upside

Downside

Base

Upside

Downside

Base

Upside

Downside

Change in Non-Energy Index (%) 

Base

(Per World Bank commodities 
 price forecast)

Change in the Proportion of 
Downgrades (%)

Upside

Downside

Base

Upside

Downside

2023

2.5%

2.6%

2.2%

-2.5%

-2.6%

-2.2%

-1.0%

0.0%

-2.0%

-4.5%

-4.7%

-4.3%

-3.1%

-3.3%

-2.9%

-7.04%

-15.0%

15.0%

2024

3.2%

3.3%

3.2%

-3.2%

-3.3%

-3.2%

-0.7%

-0.7%

-0.6%

-0.2%

-0.2%

-0.2%

2025

3.2%

3.7%

2.7%

-3.2%

-3.7%

-2.7%

-0.7%

-0.7%

-0.6%

-0.2%

-0.2%

-0.2%

2026

3.2%

3.7%

2.7%

-3.2%

-3.7%

-2.7%

-0.7%

-0.7%

-0.6%

-0.2%

-0.2%

-0.2%

2027

3.2%

3.7%

2.7%

-3.2%

-3.7%

-2.7%

-0.7%

-0.7%

-0.6%

-0.2%

-0.2%

-0.2%

Notes to the Financial Statements
for the Year Ended 31 December 2023

22.  

Credit Risk and Asset Quality (continued)

22.1  

Credit risk grading (continued)

Set out below are approximate levels of provisions for impairment under the base and downside scenarios for the group assuming 
100% weighting was applied to each scenario holding all other assumptions constant.

All amounts are expressed in K’000

Reported probability weighted ECL

100% base scenario

100% downside scenario

2023

712,238

644,209

760,560

2022

642,115

618,244

675,118

Sensitivity of provisions for impairment to SICR assessment criteria 

• 

• 

If 1% of Stage 1 credit exposures as at 31 December 2023 was included in Stage 2, provisions for impairment would 
approximately increase by K8.022 million for the bank. (31 December 2022 K6.804 million). 

If 1% of Stage 2 credit exposures as at 31 December 2023 was included in Stage 1, provisions for impairment would 
approximately decrease by K0.247 million for the bank. (31 December 2022 K0.506 million).  

22.1.2.4 Grouping of instruments for losses measured on a collective basis

For expected credit loss provisions modelled on a collective basis, a grouping of exposures is performed on the basis of shared 
risk characteristics, such that risk exposures within a group are homogeneous.

In performing this grouping, there must be sufficient information for the group to be statistically credible. Where sufficient 
information is not available internally, the Group has considered benchmarking internal/external supplementary data to use for 
modelling purposes. The characteristics and any supplementary data used to determine groupings are outlined below:

Loan to value ratio band.

Retail – Groupings for collective measurement
• 
•  Risk grade.
• 

Product type (e.g. Residential/Buy to Let mortgage, Overdraft, Credit Card). 

The weightings assigned to each economic scenario at 31 December 2023 were as follows:

22.1.3  Credit risk exposure

Scenario

Weight

Base

50%

Upside

10%

Downside

40%

22.1.3.1  Maximum exposure to credit risk – Financial instruments subject to impairment

The following table contains an analysis of the credit risk exposure of financial instruments for which an ECL allowance is 
recognised. The gross carrying amount of financial assets below also represents the Group’s maximum exposure to credit risk on 
these assets.

Other forward-looking considerations not otherwise incorporated within the above scenarios, such as the impact of any regulatory, 
legislative or political changes, have also been considered, but are not deemed to have a material impact and therefore no 
adjustment has been made to the ECL for such factors. This is reviewed and monitored for appropriateness on an annual basis.

All amounts are expressed in K’000

2023

Sensitivity Analysis

As described above, the Group applies 3 alternative macroeconomic scenarios (base, upside, downside scenarios) to reflect an 
unbiased probability weighted range of possible future outcomes in estimating ECL.

The most significant assumptions affecting the ECL allowance are as follows: 

i) 
ii) 

GDP given the significant impact on business performance and collateral valuations; 
Change in proportion of downgrades given that it is “BSP specific” and addresses potential signs of stress both within 
credit markets in general and in client specific portfolios. 

ECL staging

Credit grade

Standard monitoring

Special monitoring

Default

Gross carrying amount

Loss allowance

Net carrying amount

Stage 1 
12-month

15,386,030

-

-

15,386,030

(270,839)

15,115,191

Stage 2  
Lifetime

304,629

370,201

-

674,830

(95,096)

579,734

Stage 3 
Lifetime

-

-

664,400

664,400

(291,497)

372,903

2022 
(restated)

Total

Total

15,690,659

13,946,528

370,201

664,400

463,556

481,432

16,725,260

14,891,516

(657,432)

(571,034)

16,067,828

14,320,482

98

99

OVERVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCE STATEMENTFINANCIALSTATEMENTSPERFORMANCE REVIEWREMUNERATION REPORTSHAREHOLDERINFORMATIONANNUAL REPORT 2023 
 
 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements
for the Year Ended 31 December 2023

22.   Credit Risk and Asset Quality (continued)

Information on how the Expected Credit Loss (ECL) is measured and how the three stages above are determined is included in note 
15 ‘Expected credit loss measurement’. 

The total balance of investment securities measured at amortised cost K9,635.724 million (2022: K8,415.066 million) is classified 
as Stage 1 with a credit grade of ‘standard monitoring’. Total loss allowance carried against this balance is K55.429 million (2022: 
K45.849 million). 

The following table contains an analysis of the maximum credit risk exposure from financial assets not subject to impairment (i.e. 
FVPL):

Maximum exposure to credit risk

All amounts are expressed in K’000

Trading assets

Equity securities

22.1.3.2 Collateral and other credit enhancements

2023

2022

313,860

291,828

The Group employs a range of policies and practices to mitigate credit risk. The most common of these is accepting collateral for 
funds advanced. The Group has internal policies on the acceptability of specific classes of collateral or credit risk mitigation.

The Group prepares a valuation of the collateral obtained as part of the loan origination process. This assessment is reviewed 
periodically. The principal collateral types for loans and advances are:

•  mortgages over residential properties;
• 
• 

charges over business assets such as premises, inventory and accounts receivable; and
charges over financial instruments such as debt securities and equities.

Notes to the Financial Statements
for the Year Ended 31 December 2023

22. 

 Credit Risk and Asset Quality (continued)

22.1.4   Credit Quality - Prudential guidelines

The prudential standard maintained by the Bank of Papua New Guinea specifies detailed criteria for the classification of loans into 
various grades of default risk and corresponding loss provision levels as a consequence of those grades.

An analysis by credit quality of loans outstanding at 31 December 2023 is as follows:

Consolidated
As at 31 December 2023

 All amounts are expressed in K’000

Overdrafts

Term loans

Mortgages

Lease 
financing

Total

2022 
(restated)

Neither past due nor impaired

1,217,827

10,969,735

2,368,997

162,331

14,718,890

13,378,960

Past due but not impaired

Less than 30 days

30 to 90 days

Individually impaired loans

Less than 30 days

30 to 90 days

91 to 360 days

More than 360 days

49,741

30,181

79,922

1,178

1,877

7,058

21,172

31,285

551,542

377,051

928,593

4,985

106,118

48,637

261,993

421,733

203,976

112,162

316,138

6,689

22,478

68,924

105,647

203,738

14,145

3,172

17,317

819,404

522,566

652,100

379,024

1,341,970

1,031,124

98

682

178

6,686

7,644

12,950

131,155

124,797

395,498

664,400

18,197

54,157

55,601

353,477

481,432

Total gross loans and receivables 
from customers

1,329,034

12,320,061

2,888,873

187,292

16,725,260

14,891,516

Less impairment provisions

(39,776)

(515,890)

(146,654)

(9,918)

(712,238)

(642,115)

Net loans and receivables from customers

1,289,258

11,804,171

2,742,219

177,374

16,013,022

14,249,401

Longer-term finance and lending to corporate entities are generally secured; revolving individual credit facilities are generally 
unsecured.

22.1.5   Credit related commitments

Collateral held as security for financial assets other than loans and advances depends on the nature of the instrument. Debt 
securities, treasury and other eligible bills are generally unsecured, with the exception of asset-backed securities and similar 
instruments, which are secured by portfolios of financial instruments. 

The Group’s policies regarding obtaining collateral have not significantly changed during the reporting period and there has been no 
significant change in the overall quality of the collateral held by the Group since the prior period.

The Group closely monitors collateral held for financial assets considered to be credit-impaired, as it becomes more likely that the 
Group will take possession of collateral to mitigate potential credit losses. 

Financial assets that are credit-impaired and related collateral held in order to mitigate potential losses are shown below: 

Consolidated at 31 December 2023

 All amounts are expressed in K’000

Credit-impaired assets

Loans to individuals:

Overdrafts

Credit cards

Term loans

Mortgages

Loans to corporate entities:

Large corporate customers

Small and medium-sized enterprises (SMEs)

Others

Total credit-impaired assets

31 December 2022

Total credit-impaired assets

Gross  
exposure

Impairment  
allowance

Carrying  
amount

Fair value of 
collateral held

17,899

11

49,377

191,381

372,365

26,763

6,604

664,400

8,680

6

31,036

71,944

167,169

9,327

3,335

291,497

9,219

5

18,341

119,437

205,196

17,436

3,269

372,903

41,008

12

46,992

248,929

387,323

24,814

1,169

750,247

481,432

225,671

255,761

541,121

These instruments are used to ensure that funds are available to a customer as required.  The Group deals principally in the credit 
related commitments set out below.

Guarantees and standby letters of credit, which represent irrevocable assurances that the Group will make payments in the event 
that a customer cannot meet its obligations to third parties, carry the same risk as loans.

Documentary and trade letters of credit are written undertakings by the Group on behalf of a customer, authorising a third party to 
draw drafts on the Group for specified amounts under specified terms and conditions.  They are collateralised by the underlying 
shipments of goods to which they relate and therefore carry less risk than a conventional loan.

Commitments to extend credit represent undrawn portions of authorisations to extend credit in the form of loans, guarantees or 
letters of credit.  Whilst the potential exposure to loss equates to the total undrawn commitments, the likely amount of loss is less 
than the total commitment since the commitments to extend credit are contingent upon customers maintaining specific credit 
standards.  The Group monitors the term to maturity of these commitments because longer term commitments generally carry a 
greater degree of credit risk than shorter term commitments.

100

Impairment allowance is assessed for each counterparty giving regard to collateral held for the respective exposure.

101

OVERVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCE STATEMENTFINANCIALSTATEMENTSPERFORMANCE REVIEWREMUNERATION REPORTSHAREHOLDERINFORMATIONANNUAL REPORT 2023 
 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements
for the Year Ended 31 December 2023

Notes to the Financial Statements
for the Year Ended 31 December 2023

22. Credit Risk and Asset Quality (continued)

22.1.6 Economic sector risk concentrations

Economic sector risk concentrations within the customer loan portfolio are as follows:

Consolidated 

As at 31 December 2023

 All amounts are expressed in K’000

Commerce, finance and other business

Private households

Government and public authorities

Agriculture

Forestry

Transport and communication

Manufacturing

Construction

2023

7,759,590

4,331,761

696,574

367,284

3,810

1,216,261

429,990

1,207,752

%

48

27

4

2

-

8

3

8

2022 
(restated)

7,064,702

3,710,391

789,757

295,804

1,680

899,744

411,601

1,075,722

%

50

26

5

2

-

6

3

8

Net loan portfolio balance

16,013,022

100

14,249,401

100

22.1.7 Loan segment concentration

Concentration by customer loan segments is as follows:

Consolidated

As at 31 December 2023

 All amounts are expressed in K’000

Corporate / Commercial

Government

Retail

Net loan portfolio balance

22.1.8 Impact of overlays on the provision for ECL 

2023

9,224,479

2,234,612

4,553,931

%

58

14

28

2022 
(restated)

8,434,651

2,107,445

3,707,305

16,013,022

100

14,249,401

%

59

15

26

100

The following table attributes the breakup between modelled ECL and other economic overlays. Where there is increased 
uncertainty regarding the required forward-looking economic conditions under IFRS 9, or limitations of the historical data used to 
calibrate the models to current stressed environments, overlays are typically used to address areas of potential risk not captured 
in the underlying modelled ECL.

 All amounts are expressed in K’000

Modelled provision for ECL ( Stage 1 and 2 )

Overlays

Total

23. Liquidity Risk

2023

396,008

24,733

420,741

2022

406,444

10,000

416,444

Liquidity risk is the risk of being unable to meet financial obligations as they fall due. The Board, through the Asset and Liability 
Committee, sets liquidity policy to ensure that the Group has sufficient funds available to meet all its known and potential 
obligations.  

The matching and controlled mismatching of the maturities and interest rates of assets and liabilities is fundamental to the 
management of banking activities. An unmatched position potentially enhances profitability, but can also increase the risk of 
losses. 

102

23. Liquidity Risk (continued)

Short-term mismatch of asset and liability maturity at 31 December 2023
The maturity profile of material Assets and Liabilities as at 31 December 2023 is shown in the following schedule.  The 
mismatching of maturity of assets and liabilities indicates an apparent negative net “current” asset position. However, as stated 
in the preceding paragraph, mismatched positions are established and managed to achieve profit opportunities that arise from 
them, particularly in a normal yield curve environment.  Accordingly, this mismatched maturity position is considered manageable 
by the Group, and does not impair the ability of the Group to meet its financial obligations as they fall due.  

Maturity of assets and liabilities

All amounts are expressed in K’000

Consolidated

As at 31 December 2023

Assets

Cash and balances with Central Banks

Amounts due from other banks

Treasury and Central Bank bills

Loans and receivables from customers

Other financial assets

Total assets

Liabilities

Amounts due to other banks

Customer deposits

Lease liability

Other liabilities

Other provisions

Total liabilities

Net liquidity gap

All amounts are expressed in K’000

Consolidated 

As at 31 December 2022 
(restated)

Assets

Cash and balances with Central Banks

Amounts due from other banks

Treasury and Central Bank bills

Loans and receivables from customers

Other financial assets

Total assets

Liabilities

Amounts due to other banks

Customer deposits

Lease liability

Other liabilities

Other provisions

Total liabilities

Net liquidity gap

Up to 1  
Month

1-3  
Months

3-12 
Months

1-5 
Years

Over   5 
Years

Total

3,858,283

1,463,862

36,256

6,096,831

1,467,440

-

307,699

715,087

301,977

71,666

28,640

8,116

2,726,254

3,351,832

1,020,700

-

-

364,318

7,539,375

4,568,393

2,260,974

6,147,897

-

-

1,779,677

3,841,915

3,135,371

20,425,386

3,616,630

10,744,829

12,922,672

1,396,429

7,135,542

12,472,086

9,012,975

42,939,704

227,366

27,548,734

-

1,495,712

197,383

29,469,195

(16,546,523)

39,862

774,518

-

1,098

-

815,478

580,951

71,739

1,401,126

-

540,418

8,269

24,698

329,766

152,613

126,696

-

-

363,665

438,841

30,492,985

127,203

279,816

77,825

2,241,749

-

205,652

2,021,552

633,773

643,869

33,583,867

5,113,990

11,838,313

8,369,106

9,355,837

Up to 1  
Month

1-3  
Months

3-12 
Months

1-5 
Years

Over   5 
Years

Total

4,246,913

1,339,623

291,680

3,934,576

1,122,765

-

222,611

1,257,910

533,715

64,574

-

176,409

2,611,958

1,453,757

773,640

-

-

38,260

8,188,976

3,786,755

2,031,911

-

-

6,278,824

1,738,643

4,199,808

4,316,365

18,427,389

3,019,453

8,767,187

10,935,557

2,078,810

5,015,764

12,013,991

9,367,729

39,411,851

104,008

23,752,714

-

1,351,662

207,572

34,468

411,366

-

24,181

350

123,084

1,194,609

-

896,695

10,074

-

849,498

158,946

89,957

350

-

261,560

1,121,055

27,329,242

126,635

61,760

5,102

285,581

2,424,255

223,448

25,415,956

470,365

2,224,462

1,098,751

1,314,552

30,524,086

(14,480,399)

1,608,445

2,791,302

10,915,240

8,053,177

8,887,765

103

OVERVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCE STATEMENTFINANCIALSTATEMENTSPERFORMANCE REVIEWREMUNERATION REPORTSHAREHOLDERINFORMATIONANNUAL REPORT 2023 
 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements
for the Year Ended 31 December 2023

Notes to the Financial Statements
for the Year Ended 31 December 2023

24. Operational Risk

Operational risk is the potential exposure to unexpected financial or non-financial losses arising from the way in which the Group 
conducts its business.  Examples of operational risks include employee errors, systems failures, fire, floods, or similar losses to 
physical assets, fraud, or criminal activity. Operational risk is managed through formal policies, documented procedures, business 
practices and compliance monitoring.  

An operational risk management function is responsible for the maintenance of these policies, procedures, practices and 
monitoring the organization’s compliance with them.  The Operational Risk Committee coordinates the management process 
across the organization.

An independent internal audit function also conducts regular reviews to monitor compliance with approved BPNG standards and 
examines the general standard of control.

The Operational Risk Committee and the internal audit function mandatorily report to the Board Risk Committee and Board Audit 
and Compliance Committee.

25. Foreign Exchange Risk

Foreign exchange risk is the risk to earnings caused by a change in foreign exchange rates on open currency positions.  The 
objective of foreign exchange risk management within the Group is to minimise the impact on earnings of any such movement.

The Group accepts foreign currency denominated transactions and therefore has exposure to movements in foreign currency.  
The Group has a policy to offset these transactions to minimise daily exposure.  As foreign exchange contracts generally consist 
of offsetting commitments, they involve only limited foreign exchange risk to the Group and material loss is not envisaged.

Currency concentration of assets, liabilities and off-balance sheet items

All amounts are expressed in K’000

Consolidated 
As at 31 December 2023 

Assets

PGK

FJD

SBD

USD

Other

Total

Cash and balances with Central Banks

2,776,705

1,500,354

823,272

12,575

1,034,991

Amounts due from other banks

Treasury and Central Bank bills

43,070

380,822

3,751,720

-

4,880

21,431

796,861

-

554,044

30,447

6,147,897

1,779,677

3,803,598

Loans and receivables from customers

10,293,112

4,036,379

476,469

280,171

926,891

16,013,022

Other financial assets

Other assets

Total assets

Liabilities

5,765,279

567,619

-

1,586,730

1,012,874

101,820

-

-

40,553

132,218

6,373,451

2,833,642

24,216,616

7,498,048

1,427,872

1,089,607

2,719,144

36,951,287

Amounts due to other banks

 (39,162)

(247,495)

-

-

(77,008)

(363,665)

Customer deposits

Other liabilities

Total liabilities

(20,770,906)

(4,565,672)

(1,073,168)

(880,186)

(2,545,179)

(29,835,111)

(747,358)

(1,624,178)

(55,959)

(3,814)

(77,872)

(2,509,181)

(21,557,426)

(6,437,345)

(1,129,127)

(884,000)

(2,700,059)

(32,707,957)

Net on-balance sheet position

2,659,190

1,060,703

298,745

205,607

19,085

4,243,330

Off-balance sheet position

Credit commitments

-

-

-

1,775,078

1,442,267

49,880

913

-

(874)

39

233,901

3,501,126

104

25. Foreign Exchange Risk (continued)

All amounts are expressed in K’000

Consolidated 
As at 31 December 2022 (restated)

Assets

PGK

FJD

SBD

USD

Other

Total

Cash and balances with Central Banks

3,351,605

1,363,312

729,436

Amounts due from other banks

Treasury and Central Bank bills

358,026

341,180

4,087,085

-

42,515

20,209

12,914

623,121

-

821,527

373,139

21,046

6,278,794

1,737,981

4,128,340

Loans and receivables from customers

9,173,225

3,328,978

466,063

246,479

1,034,656

14,249,401

Other financial assets

Other assets

Total assets

Liabilities

4,225,197

1,484,599

524,194

893,426

-

-

71,742

1,009

39,762

117,241

4,789,153

2,568,017

22,679,737

6,451,090

1,329,965

883,523

2,407,371

33,751,686

Amounts due to other banks

(7,732)

(238,581)

884

-

(26,843)

(272,272)

Customer deposits

Other liabilities

Total liabilities

(18,943,375)

(3,889,006)

(994,653)

(578,985)

(2,513,342)

(26,919,361)

(713,599)

(1,417,103)

(50,319)

(248,841)

(78,289)

(2,508,151)

(19,664,706)

(5,544,690) (1,044,088)

(827,826)

(2,618,474)

(29,699,784)

Net on-balance sheet position

3,015,031

906,400

285,877

Off-balance sheet position

Credit commitments

1

-

-

3,083,199

1,268,322

60,828

55,697

(4,503)

-

(211,103)

4,051,902

4,567

181,318

65

4,593,667

The following table presents sensitivities of profit or loss and equity to possible changes in exchange rates applied at the end of 
the reporting period, relative to the functional currency of the respective Group entities, with all other variables held constant:

 All amounts are expressed in K’000

USD strengthening by 5% ( 2022 - 5%)

USD dollar weakening by 15% ( 2022- 15%)

AUD strengthening by 5% ( 2022 - 5%)

AUD dollar weakening  by 15% ( 2022 - 15%)

2023

2022

Impact on profit 
or loss

Impact on 
equity

Impact on profit 
or loss

(713)

1,768

128

(316)

(713)

1,768

128

(316)

(2,023)

5,013

330

(817)

Impact on 
equity

(2,023)

5,013

330

(817)

In the normal course of trading, the Group enters into forward exchange contracts. The Group does not actively enter into or trade 
in, complex forms of derivative financial instruments such as currency and interest rate swaps and options.

Exposures in foreign currencies arise where the Group transacts in foreign currencies. This price risk is minimised by entering into 
counterbalancing positions for material exposures as they arise. Forward and spot foreign exchange contracts are used.

Currency concentration of assets, liabilities and off-balance sheet items
Forward exchange contracts outstanding at 31 December 2023 stated at the face value of the respective contracts are:

All amounts are expressed in K’000

As at 31 December 2023

Selling

Buying

As at 31 December 2022

Selling

Buying

USD

AUD

EURO

GBP

JPY

Other

Total

FCY

Kina

FCY

Kina

FCY

Kina

FCY

Kina

(991)

(3,695)

1,236

4,608

(913)

(3,214)

-

-

(21)

(52)

178

453

(200)

(478)

-

-

-

-

149

614

(27)

(102)

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

(100,324)

(2,645)

1,241

33

-

-

-

-

(1,075)

(4,008)

1,269

4,731

(201)

(708)

1,297

4,567

-

(10,400)

-

10,439

-

(4,502)

-

4,567

105

OVERVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCE STATEMENTFINANCIALSTATEMENTSPERFORMANCE REVIEWREMUNERATION REPORTSHAREHOLDERINFORMATIONANNUAL REPORT 2023Notes to the Financial Statements
for the Year Ended 31 December 2023

Notes to the Financial Statements
for the Year Ended 31 December 2023

26. Interest Rate Risk  

26. Interest Rate Risk (continued)

Interest rate risk in the balance sheet arises from the potential for a change in interest rate to have an adverse effect on the 
revenue earnings in the current reporting period and future years. As interest rates and yield curves change over time the 
Group may be exposed to a loss in earnings due to the effects of interest rates on the structure of the balance sheet.  Sensitivity 
to interest rates arises from mismatches in the re-pricing dates, cash flows and other characteristics of the assets and their 
corresponding liability funding.  

These mismatches are actively managed as part of the overall interest rate risk management process governed by the Assets 
and Liability Committee (ALCO), which meets regularly to review the effects of fluctuations in the prevailing levels of market 
interest rates on the financial position and cash flows of the Group.  The objective of interest rate risk control is to minimise these 
fluctuations in value and net interest income over time, providing secure and stable sustainable net interest earnings in the long 
term. The table below illustrates the interest sensitivity of assets and liabilities at the balance date.

Interest sensitivity of assets, liabilities and off balance sheet items – re-pricing analysis

All amounts are expressed in K’000

Consolidated  
As at 31 December 2023

Assets

Up to 1 
Month

1-3 
Months

3-12 
Months

1-5 
Years

Over 5 
Years

Non-interest  
bearing

Cash and balances with Central Banks

Amounts due from other banks

Treasury and Central Bank Bills

Cash reserve requirement with Central Banks

1,060,602

1,123,433

15,982

-

Loans and receivables from customers

5,470,385

-

276,504

707,187

-

109,640

231,671

81,322

-

102,205

3,080,429

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

2,363,761

5,118,239

2,872,444

870,822

3,348,886

1,889,050

2,245,483

277,535

-

2,841,812

78,553

-

958

-

-

2,687,468

33,022

63,894

7,767,318

1,406,324

6,418,175

8,467,125

4,761,494

8,130,851

155,666

9,521,996

39,862

953,752

71,739

1,395,089

-

3,942

21

-

9,681,604

(1,914,286)

993,635

412,689

24,698

203,826

266,846

-

-

47

69,960

-

71,700

17,760,401

1,904,850

263,490

1,466,900

495,370

70,007

20,000,441

4,951,275

7,971,755

4,691,487

(11,869,590)

Cash and balances with Central Banks

Amounts due from other banks

Treasury and Central Bank Bills

1,663,083

990,825

316,880

-

-

227,268

101,843

1,231,168

2,580,222

Cash reserve requirement with Central Banks

-

Loans and receivables from customers

11,038,003

-

130,196

241,052

55,613

196,801

297,579

598,963

2,185,566

614,391

2,941,689

-

18,844

261,618

795,220

90,260

14,503,171

1,885,297

3,895,419

5,146,099

1,232,168

-

-

-

-

85,070

2,013,482

-

-

-

418,045

70

2,517,159

35,055

-

2,105,721

7,089,532

-

9,972,184

6,053

7,597

39,409

621,816

1,091

336

168,996

1,261,635

11

-

-

442,642

203,032

-

9,985,834

662,652

1,430,642

645,674

-

63,867

510,552

110,743

14,110,532

1,966,279

-

213,009

621,295

610,873

16,353,687

(9,264,155)

Interest sensitivity gap

4,517,337

1,222,645

2,464,777

4,500,425

106

Other financial assets

Other assets

Total assets

Liabilities

Amounts due to other banks

Customer deposits

Other liabilities

Other provisions

Total liabilities

Interest sensitivity gap

Consolidated  
As at 31 December 2022 (restated)

Assets

Other financial assets

Other assets

Total assets

LIABILITIES

Amounts due to other banks

Customer deposits

Other liabilities

Other provisions

Total liabilities

72

-

-

Given the profile of assets and liabilities as at 31 December 2023 and prevailing rates of interest, a 1% increase in rates will result 
in a K29.012 million (2022: K42.682 million) increase in net interest income, whilst a 1% decrease in rates will result in a K70.518 
million (2022: K62.266 million) decrease in net interest income.

27. Fair Values of Financial and Non-Financial Assets and Liabilities

There is no material difference between the fair values and carrying values of the financial assets and liabilities of the Group.
The table below analyses the Group’s financial instruments carried at fair value, by levels in the fair value hierarchy.
The different levels have been defined as follows: 

• 
• 

• 

Level 1 - quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.
Level 2 - inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly (i.e. 
as prices) or indirectly (i.e. derived from prices).
Level 3 - inputs for the asset or liability that are not based on observable market data (unobservable inputs).

All amounts are expressed in K’000
Consolidated 
As at 31 December 2023

a) Financial assets

Equity securities

Treasury bills

Government Inscribed Stock

Non-Financial Assets

Land and buildings

Investment properties

Aircraft subject to operating lease

Total assets

b) Financial liabilities

Insurance contract liabilities

Total liabilities

As at 31 December 2022

c) Financial assets

Equity securities

Treasury bills

Government inscribed stock

Non-Financial Assets

Land and buildings

Investment properties

Aircraft subject to operating lease

Total Assets

a) Financial liabilities

Insurance contract liabilities

Total liabilities

Consolidated

Financial assets at fair value through profit and loss

Opening balance

Total gains and losses recognised in:

- Profit and loss

- Other comprehensive income

- Purchases

- Disposals

- Translation movements

Closing balance

Level 1

Level 2

Level 3

Total

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

308,085

5,018

277,876

-

-

-

590,979

-

-

Level 1

Level 2

286,512

9,729

246,719

-

-

-

542,960

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

5,775

-

-

582,448

363,166

32,387

983,776

(1,249,512)

(1,249,512)

Level 3
(restated)

5,316

-

-

509,039

329,201

28,664

872,220

313,860

5,018

277,876

582,448

363,166

32,387

1,574,755

(1,249,512)

(1,249,512)

Total
(restated)

291,828

9,729

246,719

509,039

329,201

28,664

1,415,180

-

-

(1,067,694)

(1,067,694)

(1,067,694)

(1,067,694)

2023

872,220

(31,582)

51,029

58,372

(1,628)

48,379

996,790

2022 
(restated)

835,468

(23,162)

14,566

84,235

(1,917)

(36,970)

872,220

107

There were no changes in valuation technique for Level 3 recurring fair value measurements during the year ended 31 December 2023.

OVERVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCE STATEMENTFINANCIALSTATEMENTSPERFORMANCE REVIEWREMUNERATION REPORTSHAREHOLDERINFORMATIONANNUAL REPORT 2023 
Notes to the Financial Statements
for the Year Ended 31 December 2023

Notes to the Financial Statements
for the Year Ended 31 December 2023

27. Fair Values of Financial and Non-Financial Assets and Liabilities (continued) 

29. Retained Earnings and Other Reserves

Property, plant and equipment represents commercial land and buildings owned and occupied. Investment properties represent 
land and buildings owned and leased out by the Group. Assets subject to operating lease relate to aircraft owned and leased out 
by the Group. Property, plant and equipment, Investment property and Assets subject to operating lease are valued based on 
valuations provided by independent valuers.

The frequency of valuations complies with Group policy. The significant inputs used in preparing the valuations relate to:

Selling prices of similar properties and aircraft 

• 
•  Maintenance costs
•  Replacement costs

The fair value of the land and buildings and aircraft are classified as level 3 within the fair value hierarchy due to the use of the 
above mentioned unobservable inputs. 

Sensitivities to reasonably possible changes in non-market observable valuation assumptions would not have a material impact 
on the Groups' reported results.

Capital and Dividends 

28. Ordinary Shares

Accounting Policy 
Share issue costs

External costs directly attributable to the issue of new shares are deducted from equity net of any related income.

Number of shares in '000s, Book value in K'000

Number of shares

At 1 January 2022

Share buyback

At December 2022/31 December 2023

467,226

(6)

467,220

Book value

372,133

(23)

372,110

The share-buyback scheme ceased in 2022 and there were no movements in 2023.

Dividends on ordinary shares

Dividends on ordinary shares are recognised in equity in the period in which they are declared.

All amounts are expressed in K’000

Interim ordinary dividend (2023: 37 toea; 2022: 34 toea)

Final ordinary dividend (2022: 140 toea; 2021: 134 toea)

Consolidated

Bank

2023

2022

2023

2022

174,010

657,803

831,813

159,350

629,556

788,906

172,869

654,237

827,106

158,796

626,142

784,938

Retained earnings

 All amounts are expressed in K’000

At 1 January

Transition to IFRS 17 impact

Net profit for the year

Final dividends paid

Interim dividends paid

Disposal of assets - transfer from asset revaluation

Other

BSP Life policy reserve

Gain attributable to minority interest

At 31 December 

Other reserves comprise:

Asset revaluation reserve

Capital reserve

Equity component of Fiji Class Shares

Statutory insurance reserve

Foreign currency translation reserve

Other reserves

 All amounts are expressed in K’000

Movement in reserves for the year:

Asset revaluation reserve

At 1 January

Net asset revaluation increment

Transfer asset revaluation reserve to retained earnings 

Impact of PNG tax rate change

Release of deferred tax on disposal of assets

At 31 December

Consolidated

Bank

2023

3,359,184

-

890,215

(657,606)

(174,010)

1,632

(1,103)

(2,452)

(171)

2022 
(restated)

3,025,125

36,251

1,084,720

(629,379)

(159,350)

5,270

-

(3,327)

(126)

2023

2022

2,991,169

2,728,885

- 

800,826

(654,237)

(172,869)

1,462

- 

(2,452)

-

-

 1,045,279

(626,142)

(158,796)

5,270

- 

(3,327)

-

  3,415,689

3,359,184

2,963,899

2,991,169

134,205

635

21,578

62,388

236,024

454,830

96,873

635

21,578

59,936

140,859

319,881

110,381

635

-

62,388

129,776

303,180

Consolidated

2023

2022

Bank

2023

96,873

38,349

(1,632)

-

615

134,205

123,732

42

(5,414)

(23,068)

1,581

96,873

83,180

28,048

(1,462)

-

615

110,381

83,180

635

-

59,936

81,225

224,976

2022

109,937

-

(5,270)

(23,068)

1,581

83,180

108

109

OVERVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCE STATEMENTFINANCIALSTATEMENTSPERFORMANCE REVIEWREMUNERATION REPORTSHAREHOLDERINFORMATIONANNUAL REPORT 2023Notes to the Financial Statements
for the Year Ended 31 December 2023

Notes to the Financial Statements
for the Year Ended 31 December 2023

29. Retained Earnings and Other Reserves  (continued) 

30. Capital Adequacy (continued)

 All amounts are expressed in K’000

Capital reserve

At 1 January

At 31 December

Statutory insurance reserve

At 1 January

BSP Life policy reserve

Fiji Government green bond revaluation

At 31 December

Foreign currency translation reserve

At 1 January

Movement during the year

Other

At 31 December

Equity component of convertible notes

Consolidated

2023

635

635

59,936

2,452

-

62,388

140,859

94,112

1,053

236,024

2022

635

635

56,691

3,327

(82)

59,936

194,293

(53,434)

-

Bank

2023

635

635

59,936

2,452

-

62,388

81,225

48,551

-

140,859

129,776

2022

635

635

56,691

3,327

(82)

59,936

109,570

(28,345)

-

81,225

On 20 April 2010, the Group issued 3,064,967 Fiji Dollars (FJD) denominated mandatory convertible notes through its wholly 
owned subsidiary BSP Convertible Notes Limited (BSP CN) at an issue price of FJD5.25 (K7.30) per note.

The notes mandatorily converted to Fiji Class Shares on 20 April 2013 based on a conversion ratio of 1:1. Key rights of Fiji Class 
Shareholders are as follows:

(i)     The right to receive a dividend equal to the amount of dividend to be paid on BSP Ordinary Shares.
(ii)    The same voting rights as a BSP Ordinary Share and effected through a special voting share held by the Chairman of BSP.
(iii)   The Fiji Class Share may be exchanged on a one for one basis into BSP Ordinary Shares at a subsequent date and at the 

option of BSP on the occurrence of certain prescribed events.

30. Capital Adequacy

The Group is required to comply with various prudential standards issued by the Bank of Papua New Guinea (BPNG), the 
official authority for the prudential supervision of banks and similar financial institutions in Papua New Guinea. Additionally, 
subsidiaries and branches in Fiji, Solomon Islands, Cook Islands, Samoa, Tonga, Vanuatu, Cambodia and Lao are required to 
adhere to prudential standards issued by the Reserve Bank of Fiji (RBF), Central Bank of Solomon Islands (CBSI), The Financial 
Supervisory Commission (FSC), Central Bank of Samoa (CBS), National Reserve Bank of Tonga (NRBT), Reserve Bank of 
Vanuatu (RBV), the National Bank of Cambodia (NBC) and Bank of Lao P.D.R. One of the most critical prudential standards 
is the capital adequacy requirement. All banks are required to maintain at least the minimum acceptable measure of capital to 
risk-weighted assets to absorb potential losses. The BPNG follows the prudential guidelines set by the Bank of International 
Settlements under the terms of the Basel Accord. The BPNG revised prudential standard 1/2003, Capital Adequacy, prescribes 
ranges of overall capital ratios to measure whether a bank is under, adequately, or well capitalised, and also prescribes the 
leverage capital ratio. The Group complies with the prevailing prudential requirements for total capital and leverage capital. As at 
31 December 2023, the Group’s total capital adequacy ratio and leverage capital ratio satisfied the capital adequacy criteria for a 
‘well-capitalised’ bank. The minimum capital adequacy requirements set out under the standard are: Tier 1 8%, total risk based 
capital ratio 12% and the leverage ratio 6%.

The measure of capital used for the purposes of prudential supervision is referred to as base capital. Total base capital varies 
from the balance of capital shown on the Statement of Financial Position and is made up of tier 1 capital (core) and tier 2 capital 
(supplementary). Tier 1 capital is obtained by deducting from equity capital and audited retained earnings (or losses), intangible 
assets including deferred tax assets. Tier 2 capital cannot exceed the amount of tier 1 capital, and can include subordinated loan 
capital, specified asset revaluation reserves, un-audited profits (or losses) and a small percentage of general loan loss provisions. 
The leverage capital ratio is calculated as Tier 1 capital divided by total assets on the balance sheet.

Risk weighted assets are derived from on-balance sheet and off-balance sheet assets. On balance sheet assets are weighted for 
credit risk by applying weightings (0, 20, 50 and 100 per cent) according to risk classification criteria set by the BPNG. Off-balance 
sheet exposures are risk weighted in the same way after converting them to on-balance sheet credit equivalents using BPNG 
specified credit conversion factors.

The Group's capital adequacy level is as follows (unaudited):

 All amounts are expressed in K’000

2023

2022 (restated)

2023

2022 (restated)

Balance Sheet / Notional Amount

Risk-Weighted Amount

Balance sheet assets ( net of provisions )

Currency

Loans and receivables from customers

Investments and short term securities

All other assets

Off-balance sheet items

Total

Capital ratios

a) Tier 1 capital

      Total Capital

b) Leverage Capital Ratio                                                                

6,147,897

15,860,708

10,061,461

4,881,221

3,501,165

6,278,794

14,146,147

8,966,141

4,360,604

4,593,732

46,447

12,585,215

336,077

2,736,323

212,668

53,355

11,336,781

282,880

2,407,984

228,950

40,452,452

38,345,418

15,916,730

14,309,950

3,496,941

3,881,320

3,318,424

3,641,473

22.0%

24.4%

9.6%

23.2%

25.1%

10.0%

The minimum capital adequacy requirements set out under the standard are: Tier 1 8%, total risk based capital ratio 12% and the 
leverage ratio 6%.

Group Structure

31. Insurance

The Group’s consolidated Financial Statements include the assets, liabilities, income and expense of the life and general 
insurance businesses. The Group’s insurance business is made up of Life Insurance Contracts, Medical Insurance and Term Life 
Insurance. Insurance Contract products are provided by BSP Life (Fiji) Limited and BSP Life (PNG) Limited (collectively referred 
to in this note as the Company.)

IFRS 17 ‘’Insurance contracts” (effective 1 January 2023) replaces IFRS 4. IFRS 17 has fundamentally changed the accounting 
by all entities that issue insurance contracts and investment contracts with discretionary participation features. The standard 
introduces substantial changes in the presentation of the financial statements and disclosures introducing new balance sheet and 
income statement line items and increased disclosure requirements compared with existing reporting.

Summary of Measurement Approach
The company uses different measurement approaches, depending on the type of contracts as noted below:

Product classification

Measurement Model

Component of Contracts Issued

Participating Base Products

Riders of Participating Base Products

Non-Participating Contract (including associated riders)

Insurance contracts with 
Direct participating features

Insurance contracts

Insurance contracts

VFA

GMM

GMM

Reinsurance Contracts held

Term Life and Disability - Surplus Reinsurance

Term Life and Disability - Catastrophe Insurance Cover

Reinsurance contract held

Reinsurance contract held

GMM

PAA

110

111

OVERVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCE STATEMENTFINANCIALSTATEMENTSPERFORMANCE REVIEWREMUNERATION REPORTSHAREHOLDERINFORMATIONANNUAL REPORT 2023Notes to the Financial Statements
for the Year Ended 31 December 2023

31. Insurance  (continued)

The Company does not have any reinsurance contract issued, that qualify as insurance contacts under IFRS 17.
IFRS 17 defines a General Measurement Model (GMM) to use for valuing Insurance Contracts, with two modifications of this 
model applicable under certain circumstances. The GMM requires the projection of future cash flows related to insurance 
contracts using current financial and non-financial assumptions. The two other modifications of the GMM are described below;

• 

• 

The Variable Fee Approach (VFA), insurance contracts with direct participation features are eligible to use this model. The 
model allows for the variable nature of fees that the Company earns from the Insurance Contracts, which depend on the 
underlying assets' performance.
The Premium Allocation Approach (PAA) is a simplified model which does not require future projections to satisfy the 
requirements under IFRS 17, provided that the Insurance Contracts sold are profitable.

A. Definitions and Classifications

Insurance contracts are contracts by which the Company accepts significant insurance risk from a policyholder by agreeing to 
compensate the policyholder if a specified uncertain future event adversely affects the policyholder. This assessment is made on 
a contract-by-contract basis at the contract issue date.

The Company assess, on a group of contract basis, whether participating contracts meet the definition of insurance contracts 
with direct participating features. The Company uses its judgement to assess whether the amount expected to be paid to the 
policyholder constitutes a substantial share of fair value returns from the underlying items and whether the variable cash flows 
represent a substantial proportion of the cash flows.

B. Level of aggregation applied to Insurance Contracts

IFRS 17 requires insurance contracts to be recognised and measured in groups. The grouping of individual contracts under IFRS 
17 is performed to limit the offsetting of profitable contracts against onerous ones regarding how insurers manage and evaluate 
their business performance. A portfolio of Contracts is defined based on Contracts that have similar risks and are managed 
together. The Portfolio is further divided into groups based on the year of issue and the expected level of profitability.

The Company issues two types of long-term products Participating and Non-Participating products. The products falling under 
each category have similar risks and have been managed together (risk transfer and risk pooling).

C.  Recognition 

The Company recognises groups of insurance contracts from the earliest of the following:

• 
• 
• 

the beginning of the coverage period;
the date when the first payment from a policyholder in the group becomes due; and
the date when a group of contracts becomes onerous. 

D.  Contract boundary 

The Company includes in the measurement of a group of insurance contracts all the future cash flows expected to arise within 
the boundary of each of the contracts in the group. In determining the cash flows within the boundary of an insurance contract, 
the Company assesses whether it arises from substantive rights and obligations that exist during the reporting period in which 
the Company can compel the policyholder to pay the premiums or the Company has the substantive obligation to provide the 
policyholder with services.

Cash flows outside the insurance contract boundary relate to future insurance contracts and are recognised when those contracts 
meet the recognition criteria.

Notes to the Financial Statements
for the Year Ended 31 December 2023

31. Insurance  (continued)

Fulfilment cash flows (FCF)

The FCF are the current unbiased and probability-weighted estimates of the present value of the future cash flows, including a 
risk adjustment for non-financial risk. The Company considers a range of scenarios to establish a full range of possible outcomes 
without undue cost or effort about the amount, timing and uncertainty of expected future cash flows to arrive at the probability 
weighted value. The estimates of future cash flows reflect conditions existing at the measurement date including assumptions at 
that date regarding the future.

Discount rates

The time value of money and financial risk is measured separately from the expected future cash flows with changes in financial 
risks recognised in the profit or loss at the end of each reporting period. The Company measures the time value of money for all 
portfolios of participating, non-participating and riders using a point estimator given the maturity of the market and the lack of 
availability of market data.

Expected cash flows that vary based on the returns on any financial underlying items are discounted using the top- down 
approach. The discount assumption is set using the expected earnings on the assets supporting the liability and this has 
been determined using market observed reference assets and the anticipated margin for each asset category relative to the 
performance of the reference asset.

Risk adjustment for non-financial risk

The Company measures the compensation it would require for bearing the uncertainty about the amount and timing of cash 
flows arising from insurance contracts, other than financial risk separately as an adjustment for non-financial risk. The Company 
uses cost of capital method in estimating the risk adjustment. The cost of capital approach uses the basis that Company’s risk 
preference is based on the capital that it requires to hold which is appropriate for the non-financial risks that are relevant to IFRS 
17 measurement objectives.

Contractual service margin (CSM)

The CSM is a component of the overall carrying amount of a group of insurance contracts representing unearned profit the 
Company will recognise as it provides insurance contract services over the coverage period.

Coverage Period

The Company determines, at initial recognition, the group’s coverage units and allocates the group’s CSM based on the coverage 
units provided in the period. The Company determines coverage units as follows:

• 

• 

For the Participating Base product, the coverage unit is linked to the bonus declared on these contracts, as this is the more 
significant service provided under the contract.
For all the other portfolios, the coverage being provided is death cover linked to a predetermined amount, which is the sum 
insured. The sum insured will be used as the coverage unit 

Insurance acquisition cash flows

The Company includes insurance acquisition cash flows in the measurement of a group of insurance contracts if they are directly 
attributable either to the individual contracts in a group, or to the group itself, or the portfolio of insurance contracts to which 
the group belongs. The Company estimates at a portfolio level insurance acquisition cash flows not directly attributable to the 
group but directly attributable to the portfolio and then allocates them to the group of newly written and renewed contracts on a 
systematic and rational basis.

E.  Measurement of insurance contract issued

ii) Subsequent measurement for contracts other than PAA

i) Measurement on initial recognition for contracts other than PAA 

A group of insurance contracts are measured on initial recognition as the sum of the expected fulfilment cash flows within the 
contract boundary and the contractual service margin representing the unearned profit in the contract relating to services that will 
be provided under the contracts.

Subsequent to initial recognition, at the end of each reporting period, the carrying amount of the group of insurance contracts 
will reflect a current estimate of the liability for remaining coverage (LRC) as at that date and a current estimate of the liability for 
incurred claims (LIC). 

112

113

OVERVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCE STATEMENTFINANCIALSTATEMENTSPERFORMANCE REVIEWREMUNERATION REPORTSHAREHOLDERINFORMATIONANNUAL REPORT 2023 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements
for the Year Ended 31 December 2023

Notes to the Financial Statements
for the Year Ended 31 December 2023

31. Insurance  (continued) 

31. Insurance  (continued)

The LRC represents the Company’s obligation to investigate and pay valid claims under existing contracts for insured events that 
have not yet occurred, and amounts that relate to other insurance contract services not yet provided, comprising of the fulfilment 
cash flows relating to future service and the CSM yet to be earned. 

The CSM at the end of the reporting period is equally allocated to each of the coverage units provided in the current period and 
expected to be provided in the future. The CSM recognised in the profit or loss reflects the amount of CSM allocated to the 
coverage units provided during the period.

The LIC includes the Company’s liability to pay valid claims for insured events that have already incurred, other incurred insurance 
expenses arising from past coverage service and includes the liability for claims incurred but not yet reported. It also includes 
the Company’s liability to pay amounts the Company is obliged to pay the policyholder under the contract, including repayment 
of investment components, when a contract is derecognised. The current estimate of LIC comprises of the fulfilment cash flows 
related to current and past service allocated to the group at the reporting date.

Changes in fulfilment cash flows

iv) Onerous Contracts

The onerous assessment is done on an individual contract level assessing future expected cash flows on a probability- weighted 
basis including a risk adjustment for non-financial risk. On initial recognition, the contracts expected to be loss making are 
grouped together and such groups are measured and presented separately. Once contracts are allocated to a group, they are 
not re-allocated unless they are substantively modified. For Participating Base Products, the onerous assessment takes into 
consideration the cashflow between the contracts in the Group of Contracts. 

At the end of each reporting period, the Company updates the fulfilment cash flows to reflect the current estimates of the 
amounts, timing and uncertainty of future cash flows and discount rates.

A group of insurance contracts become onerous when the adjustment to the CSM exceeds the amount of CSM and the Company 
recognises the excess in insurance service expenses and records it as a loss component of the LRC.

As all cashflows form a part of the underlying items for Participating Base Products, any experience adjustment or change in the 
estimate of future cash flow will impact future services, hence all items impact CSM. 

After a loss component is recognised, the Company allocates any subsequent changes in FCF of the LRC on a systematic basis 
between the loss component and the LRC excluding the loss component.

Recognition of the CSM in profit or loss

F.  Contracts measured under the fair value

CSM amount is released to profit or loss in each period during which the insurance contract services are provided.

The CSM amount to be released in each reporting period is determined as the coverage unit provided for the period as a 
percentage of the total expected coverage unit, applied to the CSM at the end. The total number of coverage units in the group 
is determined by considering for each contract the quantity of benefits provided under the contract and the expected coverage 
period. The total coverage unit, except for Participating Base Contracts, is calculating by applying the discounted future coverage 
unit as the risk free discount rate.

The CSM at the end of the reporting period is equally allocated to each of the coverage units provided in the current period and 
expected to be provided in the future. The CSM recognise in the profit or loss the amount of CSM allocated to the coverage units 
provided during the period. The CSM for reinsurance contracts held is released to the profit or loss as services are received from 
the reinsurer in the period.

iii) Subsequent measurement for Reinsurance contracts other than PAA

Changes in fulfilment cash flows

At the end of each reporting period, the Company updates the fulfilment cash flows to reflect the current estimates of the 
amounts, timing and uncertainty of future cash flows and discount rates.

Experience adjustment

Experience adjustments in relation to current or past service are recognised in the profit or loss, hence, incurred claims 
(including incurred but not reported) and other incurred insurance service expenses are included in the profit or loss. Experience 
adjustments in relation to future service are included in adjustments to the CSM.

The carrying amount of the CSM is adjusted at the end of the reporting period to reflect changes in the FCF applying the same 
approach as for insurance contracts issued, expect that the change in carrying amount can cause the CSM to be negative.

Recognition of the CSM in profit or loss

CSM amount is released to profit or loss in each period during which the insurance contract services are provided.

The CSM amount to be released in each reporting period is determined as the coverage unit provided for the period as a 
percentage of the total expected coverage unit, applied to the CSM at the end. The total number of coverage units in the group 
is determined by considering for each contract the quantity of benefits provided under the contract and the expected coverage 
period. The total coverage unit, except for Participating Base Contracts, is calculating by discounted future coverage unit at the 
risk free discount rate.

The Company applied the fair value approach for those contracts issued more than 5 years prior to the date of transition. This 
decision was made noting the significant time and effort needed to construct the transaction data required at the level to apply the 
requirements of IFRS 17 prior to this period.

Level of aggregation

The Company included contracts issued prior to January 2018 into one group split by portfolios of insurance contracts and 
applied the fair value approach as at December 2017.

Fair valuation of liabilities of insurance contracts

The fair value of liabilities has been determined per IFRS 13 Fair Value Measurement. There are no recent transactions or 
comparable markets for life insurance liabilities. In measuring the fair value, the approach taken is:

• 

• 

The discounted value of projected cash flows relating to in-force life insurance contracts using assumptions reflecting past 
and expected future experience from the perspective of a potential purchaser.
Plus allowance for the cost of holding statutory capital that a market participant acquiring the contracts would be required 
to bear.

Using a risk-adjusted discount rate to reflect the perspective of a potential purchaser.

Measurement at the transition date

In applying the fair value approach, the CSM of the LRC was estimated as the difference between the fair value and the fulfilment 
cash flows of the group of insurance contracts as of December 2017. Post 2017, the full retrospective approach was adopted 
to determine the transition balance. In determining fair value, the Company followed the requirements of IFRS 13 Fair Value 
Measurement except for that standard’s requirement in relation to demand features (that fair value cannot be less than the 
amount repayable on demand), because that would contradict the IFRS 17 requirement to incorporate cash flows on a probability-
weighted basis.

Fulfilment cash flows

The fulfilment cash flows were estimated prospectively as at the transition date.

Contractual service margin

The CSM was estimated to be the difference between the fair value of a group of insurance contracts, measured in accordance 
with IFRS 13 as described above, and its FCF as at the transition date.

114

115

OVERVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCE STATEMENTFINANCIALSTATEMENTSPERFORMANCE REVIEWREMUNERATION REPORTSHAREHOLDERINFORMATIONANNUAL REPORT 2023 
 
 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements
for the Year Ended 31 December 2023

31. Insurance  (continued)

Accounting Policy

(a) Recognition and measurement

Long-term insurance contracts

These contracts insure human life events (for example death, survival, disability, and critical illness) over a long duration sold and 
are underwritten by BSP (Fiji) Life Limited and BSP (PNG) Life Limited. Guaranteed benefits paid on occurrence of the specified 
insurance event are fixed and for participating policies declared bonuses are also payable. Most of the policies have maturity and 
surrender benefits.

Approximately 90% of the above contracts in the Group’s portfolio contain a Discretionary Participation Feature (DPF). This 
feature entitles the holder to receive, as a supplement to guaranteed benefits, additional benefits in the form of reversionary 
bonuses.

The recognition and measurement of these contracts have been determined in accordance with IFRS 17. Short term contracts are 
not a material part of the BSP Financial Groups operations.

(b) Methods and assumptions

Key assumptions used in determining the Policy Liabilities of the Group are as follows: 

(i) Discount rates
For contracts which have a DPF, the discount rate used is linked to the assets which back those contracts. For Fiji for the year 
ended 31 December 2023 this was 4.946% per annum (2022: 5.198% per annum), based on current 10-year government bond 
yields and expected earnings from the investment portfolio. For contracts without DPF and Accident Business, a rate of 3.90% 
per annum was used at 31 December 2023 (2022: 3.95% per annum). These rates were based on the 10-year government bond 
rate as published by the Reserve Bank of Fiji. 

(ii) Investment and maintenance expenses
Future maintenance and investment expenses are based on the budgeted expenses. Future inflation has been assumed to be 
3.5% per annum (2022: 3.5% per annum) for determining future expenses.

(iii) Taxation
The rates of taxation enacted or substantially enacted at the date of the valuation are assumed to continue into the future.

(iv) Mortality and morbidity - Fiji
Projected future rates of mortality for insured lives are based on the Fiji Mortality Statistics table FJ90-94 Male. These are then 
adjusted for the Company’s own experience. Mortality rates used are as follows by gender and insured amount: 

Notes to the Financial Statements
for the Year Ended 31 December 2023

31. Insurance  (continued)

in accordance with the policy conditions which allow for shareholders to share in allocations at a maximum rate of 20%. For 
business written between 1995 and 1998 the shareholder receives 11% of profits.

Assumed future bonus rates included in the liability for the long-term insurance contracts were set such that the present value of 
the liabilities equates to the present value of assets supporting the business together with assumed future investment returns, 
allowing for the shareholder's right to participate in distributions.

The FCF include a projection of the declaration of future bonuses and their impact on claims. The supportable bonus rate that 
emerges from the Margin on Service valuation (valuation method for policyholder profit/bonus management) as at 31st December 
2023 for Participating Business is used as the IFRS 17 assumption. The policyholder retained earnings is added to the Insurance 
Contract Liability.

(c) Reinsurance
Contracts entered into by the Company with reinsurers under which the Company is compensated for losses on one or more 
contracts issued by the Company, are classified as reinsurance contracts.

As the reinsurance agreements provide for indemnification by the reinsurers against loss or liability, reinsurance income and 
expenses are recognised separately in the profit or loss when they become due and payable in accordance with the reinsurance 
agreements.

Reinsurance recoveries are recognised as claim recoveries under profit or loss. This is netted off against the claim expenses. 
Reinsurance premiums are recognised as Reinsurance Expenses.

Financial Information
The accounting policies of the consolidated entity, which have been applied in determining the financial information shown above, 
are the same as those applied in the consolidated financial statements. The summarised income statement for BSP Life (Group) 
is presented below as per the subsidiary’s accounts.  The consolidated profit includes insurance profit and investment earnings on 
shareholder’s funds.

 All amounts are expressed in K’000

Insurance revenue

Insurance service expenses

Insurance service result from insurance contracts issued

Net expenses from reinsurance contracts

Insurance service result

Life Insurance

Other Activities

45,093

(23,559)

21,534

(1,450)

20,084

118,647

118,647

(105,331)

(105,331)

33,400

-

-

-

33,400

38,944

(37,077)

1,867

(1,353)

514

355

355

-

-

869

107,760

11,103

(91,896)

27,836

2023  
(Total)

84,037

(60,636)

23,401

(2,803)

20,598

119,002

119,002

(105,331)

(105,331)

34,269

107,760

11,103

(91,896)

61,236

2022 
(restated)

77,712

(59,840)

17,872

(1,688)

16,184

98,552

98,552

(87,286)

(87,286)

27,450

94,127

6,547

(84,249)

43,875

•  Male and sum insured above $200,000: 48% (2022: 48%) for base products and 65% (2022: 48%) for rider products 

Insurance finance income – investments

of the FJ90-94 Male table for participating business in Statutory Fund 1.

•  Male and sum insured up to $200,000: 20% (2022: 48%) for base products and 65% (2022: 48%) for rider products of 

the FJ90-94 Male table for participating business in Statutory Fund 1.
Female: An age setback of 3 years is applied to the Male rates above. 

• 

(v) Rates of discontinuance
Best estimate assumptions for the incidence of withdrawal and discontinuance vary by product and duration and are based on the 
Group’s experience which is reviewed regularly. Rates used in 2023 were the same as 2022 rates.

(vi) Basis of calculation of surrender values
Surrender values are determined by the Company. There have been no changes to surrender bases during the period (or the prior 
periods).

(vii) Discretionary participating business
For most participating business, bonus rates are set such that, over long periods, the returns to contract holders are 
commensurate with the investment returns achieved on the pool of assets which provide security for the contract, together with 
other sources of profit arising from this business. Profits from these policies are split between contract holders and shareholders 

Net investment income

Insurance finance income/(expense) for 
insurance contracts issued

Net insurance finance expenses

Net insurance and investment result

Net income from subsidiaries

Other Income

Other Operating Expenses

Net insurance operating income

116

117

OVERVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCE STATEMENTFINANCIALSTATEMENTSPERFORMANCE REVIEWREMUNERATION REPORTSHAREHOLDERINFORMATIONANNUAL REPORT 2023 
Notes to the Financial Statements
for the Year Ended 31 December 2023

31. Insurance  (continued)

The reconciliation of the Life insurance contract liabilities is as follows:

Liability for remaining coverage

 All amounts are expressed in K’000

Excluding  
loss 
component

Loss 
component

Policy  
Loans*

Liability for 
incurred claims

Total  
2023

Total  
2022

Opening contract assets

(5,177)

-

-

-

(5,177)

(9,289)

Opening insurance contract liabilities

1,173,979

1,181

(121,342)

13,876

1,067,694

1,005,064

Net opening balance

1,168,802

1,181

(121,342)

13,876

1,062,517

995,775

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

(34,187)

(30,883)

(7,017)

(8,388)

(3,889)

(985)

(45,093)

(40,256)

3,895

14,943

17,232

-

-

-

3,895

3,895

-

191

578

(338)

8,425

7,301

23,559

24,773

(21,534)

(15,483)

-

118,994

102,531

145,475

-

-

Changes in the statement of profit or loss and OCI

Insurance revenue

Contracts under the full retrospective approach

Contracts under the fair value approach

Contracts under the full retrospective 
approach post transition

Insurance revenue

Insurance service expenses

(34,187)

(7,017)

(3,889)

(45,093)

-

-

-

-

Incurred claims and other insurance service expenses

11,257

(209)

-

-

8,425

19,682

(25,411)

118,953

(145,475)

63,870

-

191

-

(18)

(18)

41

-

67

Adjustments to liabilities for incurred claims 

Losses and reversal of loss on onerous contracts

Insurance acquisition cash flows

-Acquisition expenses

Insurance service expenses

Insurance service result

Insurance finance expenses from insurance 
contracts recognised in profit and loss

Investment components excluded from insurance 
revenue and insurance service expenses

Effect of movements in exchange rates

Total changes in the statement 
of profit or loss and OCI

Cash flows

Premiums received

Insurance acquisition cash flows

Claims and other insurance service expenses paid

Others

Total cash flows

Net closing balance

11,937

90

(6,925)

149,975

155,077

38,643

222,143

(25,736)

(11,113)

-

185,294

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

(2,320)

(5,126)

(7,446)

-

-

222,143

198,406

(25,736)

(22,368)

(151,896)

(165,329)

(141,310)

-

(5,126)

(6,629)

(151,896)

25,952

28,099

1,366,033

1,271

(135,713)

11,955

1,243,546 1,062,517

Closing contract assets

(5,966)

-

-

-

(5,966)

(5,177)

Closing insurance contract liabilities

1,371,999

1,271

(135,713)

11,955

1,249,512

1,067,694

Net closing balance

1,366,033

1,271

(135,713)

11,955

1,243,546 1,062,517

* Policy loans and Other Insurance related assets that are transferred at face value to LRC.

118

Notes to the Financial Statements
for the Year Ended 31 December 2023

31. Insurance  (continued)

Insurance and Financial Risk Management

The Company is committed to the management of risk to achieve sustainability of service to its customers, employment of its 
staff and profits to its shareholders and therefore, takes on controlled amounts of risk when considered appropriate. The risk 
management framework is targeted at ensuring that the Company maintains sufficient capital at a level which exceeds the 
minimum solvency requirements prescribed by the Reserve Bank of Fiji.

The Company is exposed to financial as well as insurance risks. The Group’s risk management strategy is set by the Board of 
Directors through the following sub-committees:

• 
• 

BSP Life (Fiji) Limited Investment Governance Committee (IGC) (Market Risk) and
Board Audit and Compliance Committee (Operational and Other Risk).

Implementation of the risk management strategy and the day-to-day management of risk is the responsibility of the Executive 
Management.

Insurance risk

The risk under any one insurance contract is the possibility that the insured event occurs and the uncertainty of the amount of 
the resulting claim. By the very nature of an insurance contract, this risk is random and is unpredictable. The principal risk that 
the Company faces under its insurance contracts is that the actual claims and benefit payments exceed the carrying amount of 
the insurance liabilities. This could occur because the frequency or severity of claims and benefits are greater than estimated. 
Insurance events are random, and the actual number and amount of claims and benefits will vary from year to year from the level 
established using actuarial methods.
The Company's objectives in managing risks arising from the insurance business are:

• 
• 
• 
• 
• 

to ensure risk appetite decisions are made within the context of corporate goals and governance structures
to ensure that an appropriate return on capital is made in return for accepting insurance risk
to ensure that strong internal controls embed underwriting to risk within the business
to ensure that internal and external solvency and capital requirements are met
to use reinsurance as a component of insurance risk management strategy.

The nature of the terms of insurance contracts written is such that certain external variables can be identified on which related 
cash flows for claim payments depend. The table below provides an overview of the long-term insurance contracts:

Type of Contract

Details of Contract 
Terms and Conditions

Nature of Compensation 
for Claims

Key Variables that affect 
the timing and uncertainty 
of Future Cash Flows

Non-participating life 
insurance contracts 
with fixed and 
guaranteed terms (Term 
Life and Disability)

Life insurance contracts 
with discretionary 
participating benefits 
(endowment and 
whole of life)

Benefits paid on death, ill 
health or maturity that are fixed 
and guaranteed and not at 
the discretion of the insurer.

Premiums may be guaranteed 
through the life of the 
contract, guaranteed for a 
specified term or variable at 
the insurer’s discretion.

These policies include a clearly 
defined initial guaranteed sum 
which is payable on death. 
The guaranteed amount 
is a multiple of the amount 
that is increased throughout 
the duration of the policy 
by the addition of regular 
bonuses annually which, once 
added, are not removed.

Benefits, defined by the 
insurance contract, are 
determined by the contract, 
and are not directly affected by 
the performance of underlying 
assets or the performance 
of the contracts as whole.

•  Mortality

•  Morbidity

• 

• 

Discontinuance rates

Expenses

Benefits arising from the 
discretionary participation 
feature are based on the 
performance of a specified 
pool of contracts or a 
specified type of contract.

•  Market rates on underlying assets

•  Mortality

•  Morbidity

•  Market risk

• 

• 

Discontinuance rates

Expenses

•  Market rates on underlying assets

119

(6,925)

605

57,617

(48,405)

Terms and conditions of insurance contracts

OVERVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCE STATEMENTFINANCIALSTATEMENTSPERFORMANCE REVIEWREMUNERATION REPORTSHAREHOLDERINFORMATIONANNUAL REPORT 2023Notes to the Financial Statements
for the Year Ended 31 December 2023

Notes to the Financial Statements
for the Year Ended 31 December 2023

31. Insurance  (continued)

32. Investment in Subsidiaries

Insurance and Financial Risk Management

Variations in claim levels will affect reported profit and equity. The impact may be magnified if the variation leads to a change in 
actuarial assumptions which cannot be absorbed within the present value of planned margins for a group of related products. 

Insurance risk may arise through the reassessment of the incidence of claims, the trend of future claims and the effect of 
unforeseen diseases or epidemics. In addition, in the case of morbidity, the time to recovery may be longer than assumed.
Concentrations of insurance risk arise due to the large sums assured on certain individuals. The largest exposures all relate 
to mortality. The largest single exposure for the Life business is K14.0m of which K13.5m is reinsured (2022: K11.9m of which 
K11.5m is reinsured). For BSP Life PNG, the largest single exposure is K11.1 million of which K11.0 million is reinsured (2022: 
K10.6 million of which K10.5 million was reinsured). 

Insurance risk is controlled by ensuring underwriting standards adequately identify potential risk and diversify the type and 
amount of insurance risks accepted, retaining the right to amend premiums on risk policies where appropriate and through the use 
of reinsurance and proactive claims handling. The experience of the Company’s Life Insurance business is reviewed regularly. 

Transition approach adopted

The liability for Insurance contracts required restatement as of 1 January 2022 (transition date). 

The quantitative impact of transitioning to IFRS 17 is illustrated in the opening reconciliation table of the combined balance sheet 
of BSP Life Fiji and BSP Life PNG below:

All amounts are expressed in K’000

Assets

Financial assets at amortised cost - policy loans

Financial assets at amortised cost - outstanding premiums

All other assets

Total Assets

Liabilities and equity

Policy liabilities

Other liabilities - unearned premiums

Other liabilities - premium in advance

Outstanding claims

Outstanding claims (IBNR)

Insurance contract liabilities

Reinsurance contract liabilities

All other liabilities

Total liabilities

Total shareholders' equity

Total liabilities and equity

       As reported
                   IFRS 4

31 Dec 2021

IFRS 17

Movement

111,341

23,297

-

-

1,431,937

1,431,937

(111,341)

(23,297)

-

1,566,575

1,431,937

(134,638)

-

-

-

-

-

(1,131,975)

(19,434)

(6,031)

(19,330)

(3,746)

1,005,064

1,005,064

1,131,975

19,434

6,031

19,330

3,746

-

813

92,908

5,376

92,908

1,274,237

1,103,348

292,338

328,589

1,566,575

1,431,937

4,563

-

(170,889)

36,251

(134,638)

The adoption of IFRS 17 resulted in an overall reduction to total assets of K134.6 million, total liabilities of K170.9 million, and 
increase in total equity net off foreign exchange of K36.3 million on the transition balance sheet as at 1 January 2022. This was 
largely caused by the change in profit recognition patterns and discount rates.

120

Name of subsidiary

Principal activity 

BSP Capital Limited

BSP Life (Fiji) Limited

BSP Life (PNG) Limited

Fund Management/ 
Investment Banking

Life Insurance

Life Insurance

BSP Convertible Notes Limited

Capital Raising

BSP Finance Limited

Credit Institution

BSP Platform Pacific Limited

Digital Technology

Bank of South Pacific Tonga Ltd

Bank South Pacific (Samoa) Ltd

Bank South Pacific Vanuatu Ltd

Bank

Bank

Bank

At 31 December

Represented by:

At 1 January

BSP Platform Pacific Limited conversion from Joint Venture

Additional capital / (divestment of shares)

At 31 December

33. Investment in Joint Ventures

Place of 
incorporation and 
operation

Ownership % 

Balance of investment 
2023                            2022

PNG

Fiji

PNG

Fiji

PNG

PNG

Tonga

Samoa

Vanuatu

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

98.7%

100%

2,448

87,599

25,000

371

94,479

395

71,611

70,712

38,020

2,448

87,599

25,000

371

103,600

-

71,611

70,712

38,020

390,635

399,361

399,361

388,798

395

(9,121)

390,635

-

10,563

399,361

Name of Joint Venture

Suva Central Ltd

Richmond Ltd

BSP Finance Cambodia Plc

BSP Finance Lao

Platform Pacific Ltd 1

Principal activity

Property rental

Hotel operations

Asset financing

Asset financing

Digital solutions

Place of 
incorporation 
and operation

Fiji

Fiji

Cambodia

Lao

PNG

Ownership %

2023

50%*

2022

50%*

50%* 61.3%**, 50%***

50%*

50%*

-

50%*

50%*

50%*

The investments above are accounted for using the equity method. * Both ownership and voting power held, ** ownership, *** voting power held.
1Fully owned subsidiary in 2023.

 All amounts are expressed in K’000

Joint Ventures

Investment in Joint Ventures

(Disposal of)/New investment during the year

Translation movement

Share of profit/(loss) for the year

Net investment in associate

Summarised financial information of Joint Ventures:

Total assets

Total liabilities

Net assets

Share of profit/(loss) for the year

Group fair value alignment

Share of profit in Group

Consolidated

2023

2022

Bank

2023

270,111

(39,510)

14,904

58,112

303,617

734,386

(432,283)

302,103

28,742

29,370

58,112

224,323

10,563

(11,850)

47,075

270,111

622,520

(345,205)

277,315

42,066

5,009

47,075

26,127

-

546

2,942

29,615

94,016

(41,001)

53,015

2,942

-

2,942

2022

26,980

-

(1,050)

197

26,127

90,894

(40,772)

50,122

197

-

197

121

OVERVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCE STATEMENTFINANCIALSTATEMENTSPERFORMANCE REVIEWREMUNERATION REPORTSHAREHOLDERINFORMATIONANNUAL REPORT 2023 
 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements
for the Year Ended 31 December 2023

Other

34. Fiduciary Activities

The Group especially through BSP Capital Limited conducts investment fund management and other fiduciary activities as 
responsible entity, trustee, custodian or manager for investment funds and trusts, including superannuation. These funds are not 
consolidated, as the Group does not have direct or indirect control. Where the funds incur liabilities in respect of these activities, 
and the primary obligation is incurred in an agency capacity for the fund or clients rather than its own account, a right of indemnity 
exists against the assets of the applicable fund or trust. As these assets are sufficient to cover the liabilities and it is therefore not 
probable that the Group will be required to settle the liabilities, the investments in the assets and liabilities of these activities are 
not included in the Financial Statements

35. Related Party Transactions

Related parties are considered to be enterprises or individuals with whom the Group is especially related because either they or 
the Group are in a position to significantly influence the outcome of transactions entered into with the Group, by virtue of being 
able to control, dominate or participate in a fiduciary capacity, in decision-making functions or processes. The Group conducted 
transactions with the following classes of related parties during the year:

•  Directors and/or parties in which a director has significant influence.
• 

Key management personnel and other staff and/or parties in which the individual officer has significant influence.

A number of banking transactions are entered into with these related parties in the normal course of business, and include loans, 
deposits, property rentals, share transfers and foreign currency transactions. These transactions are carried out on commercial 
terms and market rates. For the year ended 31 December 2023, balances and transactions of accounts for Directors, including 
companies in which directorships were held by BSP directors, were as follows:

All amounts are expressed in K’000

Customer Deposits

Opening balances

Net movement

Closing balance

Interest paid

Loans and receivables from customers

Opening balances

Loans issued

Interest

Charges

Loan repayments

New Director

Outgoing Director

Closing balance

Consolidated

2023

2022

150,256

(67,484)

82,772

12

636,622

67,500

45,596

12

(132,117)

834,409

(557,108)

894,914

33,019

117,237

150,256

20

628,858

112,781

18,028

1,018

(124,063)

-

-

636,622

Subsidised transactions are provided for staff. Such transactions include marginal discounts on interest rates, and specific fee 
concessions. These benefits are mainly percentage-based on market rates and fees, and as such, staff accounts are always 
subject to underlying market trends in interest rates and fees. As at 31 December 2023, staff account balances were as follows:

Housing loans

Other loans

Cheque accounts

Savings accounts

122

195,907

65,568

261,475

10,085

6,923

17,008

208,449

68,600

277,049

6,414

12,486

18,900

Notes to the Financial Statements
for the Year Ended 31 December 2023

36. Directors and Executive Remuneration 

Directors’ remuneration

Directors of the company received remuneration including benefits during 2023 as detailed below:

All amounts are expressed in Kina

Total remuneration

Name of Director

Sir K.G. Constantinou, OBE

M.T. Robinson1

R.G. Bradshaw

S.G. Brewis-Weston

E. B. Gangloff

A. Sam

Dr. M. Lua’iufi

S.A. Davis

P. Kevin

F.D. Bouraga

P.F. Taureka-Seruvatu

I.A. Tarutia

Shareholder Approved Cap

Meetings 
attended/ 
total held

1/1

7/7

7/7

7/7

-

7/7

7/7

7/7

7/7

7/7

7/7

5/5

Appointed/
(Resigned)

2023 
 Bank

2023 
Subsidiaries

2023 
Total

2022  
Total

(Feb 2023)

140,326

75,000

215,326

861,304

Mar 2023

-

692,274

414,864

(Apr 2022)

-

 427,364

399,239

427,364

402,364

389,864

402,364

Apr 2023

249,538

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

692,274

318,152

414,864

330,652

-

171,576

427,364

343,152

120,000

519,239

425,652

-

-

-

-

-

427,364

343,152

402,364

390,652

389,864

305,652

402,364

146,576

249,538

-

3,945,561

195,000

4,140,561

3,636,520

4,500,000

4,500,000

1 Managing Director / Group Chief Executive Officer receives no fees for his services as Director during the year. Other members of BSP executive management who 
serve as directors of subsidiaries of BSP Group receive no fees for their services as Director.

Executive Remuneration

The specified executives as at 31 December 2023 were:

Mark Robinson 
Nuni Kulu 
Hari Rabura

Ronesh Dayal  
Rohan George 
Maryann Lameko-Vaai

Peter Beswick  
Richard Nicholls 

Daniel Faunt  
Vandhna Narayan

All amounts are expressed in K’000

Year

2023 remuneration

2022 remuneration

Salary

16,226

18,182

Short term 
incentive

Value of 
benefits

Long term 
incentive

Leave 
encashment

Final 
entitlement1

5,405

6,000

1,247

1,510

2,564

7,844

993

7,096

-

826

Total

26,435

41,458

1 Final entitlements paid were for executives who resigned or retired from the Bank in 2022 and constitutes statutory leave payouts .

123

OVERVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCE STATEMENTFINANCIALSTATEMENTSPERFORMANCE REVIEWREMUNERATION REPORTSHAREHOLDERINFORMATIONANNUAL REPORT 2023 
Notes to the Financial Statements
for the Year Ended 31 December 2023

37. Events Occurring After Balance Sheet Date 

The PNG Government levied a flat K190 million Additional Company Tax (the Tax) on any bank that has over 40% market share of 
financial assets, applicable to financial year 2022. The Tax was non-deductible for tax purposes and had a direct impact on BSP’s 
net profit after tax for 2022. The K190 million tax was paid on 30 September 2022 into an escrow account held with Bank of Papua 
New Guinea, pending the outcome of BSP’s legal challenge to the Tax. On 19 February 2024, BSP entered into a settlement of the 
judicial review of the PNG Government's imposition of the Tax with the Commissioner General of Internal Revenue Commission 
(IRC). The terms of the settlement cover the whole of the amount held in escrow as follows: 

1.  K95 million will be refunded to BSP; and
2. 

the balance of K95 million will be paid to the IRC as full and final settlement of the litigation concerning the imposition of the 
Tax.

The settlement is conditional upon consent of the Attorney General of Papua New Guinea, the superannuation funds who formally 
supported the judicial review by BSP and, once those are provided, final consent of the Supreme Court of Justice of Papua New 
Guinea. A period of approximately a month is contemplated to obtain these consents.

The expected financial outcome is for BSP to receive K95 million by mid-2024.

38. Remuneration of Auditor

All amounts are expressed in K’000

Financial statement audits

Other services

Consolidated

Bank

2023

6,925

553

7,478

2022

5,363

523

5,886

2023

4,611

517

5,128

2022

4,350

488

4,838

The external auditor PricewaterhouseCoopers is also engaged in providing other services to the Bank and Group as required and as permitted by prudential standards. 
The provision of other services included taxation.

Notes to the Financial Statements
for the Year Ended 31 December 2023

36. Directors and Executive Remuneration (continued)
The number of employees or former employees whose income from the Bank was equal to or greater than K100,000 during the 
year, are classified in income bands of K10,000 as follows:

Remuneration 
K,000

100 – 110

110 – 120

120 – 130

130 – 140

140 – 150

150 – 160

160 – 170

170 – 180

180 – 190

190 – 200

200 – 210

210 – 220

220 – 230

230 – 240

240 – 250

250 – 260

260 – 270

270 – 280

280 – 290

290 – 300

300 – 310

310 – 320

320 – 330

330 – 340

340 – 350

350 – 360

360 – 370

370 – 380

380 – 390

390 – 400

400 – 410

410 – 420

420 – 430

430 – 440

440 – 450

450 – 460

460 – 470

470 – 480

480 – 490

490 – 500

500 – 510

510 – 520

520 – 530

530 – 540

540 – 550

550 – 560

560 – 570

570 – 580

580 – 590

2023 
No.

125

122

84

70

68

51

38

32

27

25

17

20

19

14

26

5

10

8

7

9

5

8

5

5

4

6

3

5

3

4

4

3

6

5

6

1

2

8

7

5

2

3

-

5

2

2

4

2

4

2022 
No.

138

82

84

65

49

32

40

24

32

22

15

26

19

9

13

14

5

7

5

7

8

9

5

-

3

2

6

4

5

1

2

6

7

2

6

2

4

6

5

7

2

1

4

3

2

3

1

5

5

Remuneration 
K,000

2023 
No.

2022 
No.

Remuneration 
K,000

2023 
No.

2022 
No.

590 – 600

600 – 610

610 – 620

620 – 630

630 – 640

640 – 650

650 – 660

660 – 670

670 – 680

680 – 690

690 – 700

710 – 720

720 – 730

730 – 740

750 – 760

760 – 770

770 – 780

780 – 790

790 – 800

810 – 820

820 – 830

830 – 840

840 – 850

850 – 860

860 – 870

870 – 880

880 – 890

900 – 910

910 – 920

920 – 930

940 – 950

950 – 960

960 – 970

990 – 1000

1000 – 1010

1010 – 1020

1040 – 1050

1050 – 1060

1070 – 1080

1090 – 1100

1100 – 1110

1110 – 1120

1120 – 1130

1130 – 1140

1140 – 1150

1160 – 1170

1200 – 1210

1230 – 1240

1240 – 1250

1

5

5

4

2

1

1

1

2

1

2

1

1

2

1

2

1

-

-

1

2

-

-

1

2

2

-

-

2

-

1

-

-

2

1

1

1

1

-

-

3

-

2

1

-

2

1

-

1

4

2

1

1

3

1

3

2

1

1

1

3

1

1

-

-

-

1

1

-

-

1

2

-

-

-

1

1

1

2

-

1

3

2

1

1

1

-

1

2

2

2

-

-

1

-

-

1

-

1260 – 1270

1270 – 1280

1280 – 1290

1300 – 1310

1310 – 1320

1320 – 1330

1330 – 1340

1340 – 1350

1350 – 1360

1360 – 1370

1370 – 1380

1380 – 1390

1400 – 1410

1410 – 1420

1430 – 1440

1440 – 1450

1460 – 1470

1470 – 1480

1480 – 1490

1520 – 1530

1530 – 1540

1550 – 1560

1560 – 1570

1640 – 1650

1720 – 1730

1740 – 1750

1760 – 1770

1780 – 1790

1800 – 1810

1810 – 1820

1840 – 1850

1860 – 1870

1870 – 1880

1880 – 1890

1930 – 1940

2080 – 2090

2100 – 2110

2250 –2260

2270 – 2280

2280 – 2290

2360 – 2370

2430 – 2440

2480 – 2490

2500 – 2510

2700 – 2710

2750 – 2760

2810 – 2820

3190 – 3200

15010-15020

Total

1

-

-

-

1

1

1

1

-

1

1

-

-

1

1

1

-

-

-

1

1

1

1

-

-

-

1

1

-

1

1

-

-

1

1

1

-

1

-

1

1

1

-

1

-

1

-

1

-

-

1

1

1

1

-

-

-

1

-

-

1

2

2

-

1

1

-

1

-

-

-

-

1

1

1

-

-

1

-

-

1

-

-

1

-

1

-

1

1

-

-

1

-

1

-

1

-

1

984

883

Remuneration disclosures have been updated to reflect entitlements applicable to respective years. Short term incentives and long term incentives for executives are 
paid post availability of audited accounts in the subsequent year and have been aligned accordingly. Prior year disclosures were based on the period each entitlement 
was received.

124

125

OVERVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCE STATEMENTFINANCIALSTATEMENTSPERFORMANCE REVIEWREMUNERATION REPORTSHAREHOLDERINFORMATIONANNUAL REPORT 2023Independent auditor’s report
To the shareholders of BSP Financial Group Limited

Report on the audit of the financial statements of the Bank and the Group

Our opinion
We have audited the financial statements of BSP Financial Group Limited (the Bank), which comprise the statements of financial position 
as at 31 December 2023, and the statements of comprehensive income, statements of changes in shareholders’ equity and statements of 
cash flows for the year then ended, and the notes to the financial statements which include a summary of significant accounting policies 
and other explanatory information for both the Bank and the Group. The Group comprises the Bank and the entities it controlled at 31 
December 2023 or from time to time during the financial year.

In our opinion the accompanying financial statements:

• 

• 

comply with International Financial Reporting Standards and other generally accepted accounting practice in Papua New Guinea; 
and

give  a  true  and  fair  view  of  the  financial  position  of  the  Bank  and  the  Group  as  at  31  December  2023,  and  their  financial 
performance and cash flows for the year then ended.

Basis for opinion
We conducted our audit in accordance with International Standards on Auditing (ISAs). Our responsibilities under those standards are 
further described in the Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements section of our opinion.

We believe the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion.

Independence
We are independent of the Bank and Group in accordance with the International Ethics Standards Board for Accountants’ Code of Ethics 
for Professional Accountants (IESBA Code), and we have fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities in accordance with these requirements.

Our firm carries out other services for the Group in the areas of audit-related and tax advice services. The provision of these other services 
has not impaired our independence as auditor of the Bank and the Group.

Our audit approach
An  audit  is  designed  to  provide  reasonable  assurance  about  whether  the  financial  statements  are  free  from  material  misstatement. 
Misstatements may arise due to fraud or error. They are considered material if individually or in aggregate, they could reasonably be 
expected to influence the economic decisions of users taken on the basis of the financial statements.

We  tailored  the  scope  of  our  audit  to  ensure  we  performed  enough  work  to  be  able  to  give  an  opinion  on  the  financial  statements  as 
a  whole,  taking  into  account  the  management  structure  of  the  Bank  and  the  Group,  their  accounting  processes  and  controls  and  the 
industries in which they operate.

PricewaterhouseCoopers, PwC Haus, Level 6, Harbour City, Konedobu, 
PO Box 484 Port Moresby, Papua New Guinea
T: +(675) 321 1500 / +(675) 305 3100, www.pwc.com.pg

126

Materiality

Audit scope

Key audit matters

• 

• 

Amongst other relevant topics, we 
communicated the following key 
audit matters to the Board Audit 
and Compliance Committee:
•  Loan loss provisioning
• 
These matters are further described 
in the Key audit matters section of 
our report.

IT systems and controls

•  For the purpose of our audit of the Group 
we used overall group materiality which 
represents approximately 5% of the 
Group’s profit before taxes.

•  We applied this threshold, together 
with qualitative considerations, to 
determine the scope of our audit and 
the nature, timing and extent of our 
audit procedures and to evaluate the 
effect of misstatements on the financial 
statements as a whole.

•  We chose Group profit before taxes as, in 
our view, it is the metric against which 
the performance of the Group is most 
commonly measured and is a generally 
accepted benchmark.

•  We selected 5% based on our professional 
judgement noting that it is also within 
the range of commonly acceptable 
thresholds.

•  We (PwC Papua New Guinea) 

conducted the audit over all of the 
Group’s operations in Papua New 
Guinea (PNG) which are the most 
significant to the Group, and directed 
the scope of the audit of other 
subsidiaries included in the Group 
financial statements sufficient to 
express an opinion on the financial 
statements as a whole.

• 

For the Group’s activities in Fiji, 
Solomon Islands, Samoa, Tonga, Cook 
Islands, and Vanuatu the audit work 
was performed by other PwC network 
firms or other firms operating under 
our instructions.

•  Our audit focused on where the 

directors made subjective judgements; 
for example, significant accounting 
estimates involving assumptions and 
inherently uncertain future events.

Key audit matters
Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional judgement, were of most significance in our audit of the financial 

statements for the current year. The key audit matters were addressed in the context of our audit of the financial statements as a whole, 

and in forming our opinion thereon, and we do not provide a separate opinion on these matters. We have determined the matters 

described below to be key matters to be communicated in our report.
Further, commentary on the outcomes of the particular audit procedures is made in that context.

127

OVERVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCE STATEMENTFINANCIALSTATEMENTSPERFORMANCE REVIEWREMUNERATION REPORTSHAREHOLDERINFORMATIONANNUAL REPORT 2023Key audit matter

How our audit addressed the key matter

Loan  loss  provisioning  -  Refer  to  Note  15  of  the 
financial  statements  for  a  description  of  the 
accounting policies and to Note 22 for an analysis 
of credit risk and asset quality

To assess the Group’s loan loss provisioning, we performed the following 
audit procedures on a sample basis, amongst others:

•  Obtained an understanding of the processes and controls relevant 

to the credit origination and credit monitoring processes

Due  to  the  magnitude  of  the  loans  and  advances  balances 
and  the  extent  of  management  judgement  inherent  in  the 
impairment calculations, impairment of loans and advances 
is an area of significance in the current year audit of the Bank 
and its subsidiaries.

IFRS  9  Financial  Instruments  (IFRS  9)  is  a  complex 
accounting  standard  which  has  required  considerable 
judgement and interpretation in its application.

Areas of judgement included:

•  The  determination  of  the  impairment  in  applying  IFRS 
9, which is reflected in the allowance for losses on loans, 
advances and other receivables

•  The identification of exposure for which there has been a 

significant increase in credit risk

•  Assumptions used in the expected credit loss model such 
as valuation of collateral and assumptions made on future 
values,  financial  condition  of  counterparties  and  forward 
looking macroeconomic factors.

IT systems and controls

We  focused  on  this  area  because  the  Group  is  heavily 
dependent on complex IT systems for the capture, processing, 
storage and extraction of significant volumes of transactions.

There  are  some  areas  of  the  audit  where  we  seek  to  place 
reliance on system functionality including certain automated 
controls, system calculations and reports.

Our reliance on these is dependent on the Group’s IT General 
Control  (ITGC)  environment,  in  particular,  user  access 
maintenance  and  changes  to  IT  systems  being  authorised 
and made in an appropriate manner.

•  Assessment of the reasonableness of the key outputs of the expected 
credit loss model, as well as key judgements and assumptions used 
by management

•  Testing the key fields identified to have an impact on the expected 
credit loss provision by agreeing these back to source documentation

•  Examining 

the  model  methodology 

for  consistency  and 
appropriateness for loans and advances in Stage 1 and Stage 2. This 
included evaluation of the appropriateness of the estimates made 
on the Probability of Default, Loss Given Default and Exposure at 
Default

•  For Stage 3 loans and advances, procedures over the credit watch 
list and delinquencies, and evaluation of assumptions made in the 
valuation of collateral and recovery cash flows.

Where relevant to our planned audit approach, we assessed the design 
and tested the operating effectiveness of the key ITGCs which support 
the continued integrity of the in-scope IT systems.

Our  procedures  over  ITGCs  focused  on  user  access  and  change 
management and we also carried out tests, on a sample basis, of system 
functionality that was key to our audit approach.

Where we identified design or operating effectiveness matters relating 
to ITGCs and system functionality relevant to our audit, we performed 
alternative or additional audit procedures.

Information other than the financial statements and auditor’s report
The directors are responsible for the other information. The other information comprises the Directors’ Report (but does not include 
the financial statements and the auditors’ report thereon), which we obtained prior to the date of this auditor’s report, and the annual 
report,  which  is  expected  to  be  made  available  after  that  date.  Our  opinion  on  the  financial  statements  does  not  cover  the  other 
information and we do not, and will not, express any form of assurance conclusion thereon.

In connection with our audit of the financial statements, our responsibility is to read the other information identified above and, in 
doing so, consider whether the other information is materially inconsistent with the financial statements or our knowledge obtained 
in the audit, or otherwise appears to be materially misstated. If, based on the work we have performed on the other information that 
we obtained prior to the date of this auditor’s report, we conclude that there is a material misstatement of this other information, we 
are required to report that fact. We have nothing to report in this regard. When we read the annual report, if we conclude that there 
is a material misstatement therein, we are required to communicate the matter to those charged with governance.

Responsibilities of the directors for the financial statements
The directors are responsible, on behalf of the Bank for the preparation of financial statements that give a true and fair view in accordance 
with  International  Financial  Reporting  Standards  and  other  generally  accepted  accounting  practice  in  Papua  New  Guinea  and  the 
Companies Act 1997 and for such internal control as the directors determine is necessary to enable the preparation of financial statements 
that give a true and fair view and are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.

In preparing the financial statements, the directors are responsible for assessing the ability of the Group to continue as a going concern, 
disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going concern and using the going concern basis of accounting unless the directors either 
intend to liquidate the Bank or the Group or to cease operations or have no realistic alternative but to do so.

Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements
Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements, as a whole, are free from
material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and to issue an auditor’s report that includes our opinion.

Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance, but is not a guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance with the ISAs will always 
detect a material misstatement when it exists. Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and are considered material if, individually 
or in the aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to influence the economic decisions of users taken on the basis of these financial 
statements.

As part of an audit in accordance with International Standards on Auditing, we exercise professional judgement and maintain professional 
scepticism throughout the audit. We also:

• 

Identify and assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to fraud or error, design and perform 
audit procedures responsive to those risks, and obtain audit evidence that is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our 
opinion. The risk of not detecting a material misstatement resulting from fraud is higher than for one resulting from error, as fraud 
may involve collusion, forgery, intentional omissions, misrepresentations, or the override of internal control.

•  Obtain an understanding of internal control relevant to the audit in order to design audit procedures that are appropriate in the 

circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Group’s internal control.

•  Evaluate the appropriateness of accounting policies used and the reasonableness of accounting estimates and related disclosures 

made by the directors.

•  Conclude on the appropriateness of the directors’ use of the going concern basis of accounting and, based on the audit evidence 

obtained, whether a material uncertainty exists related to events or conditions that may cast significant doubt on the Group’s ability 
to continue as a going concern. If we conclude that a material uncertainty exists, we are required to draw attention in our auditor’s 
report to the related disclosures in the financial statements or, if such disclosures are inadequate, to modify our opinion. Our 
conclusions are based on the audit evidence obtained up to the date of our auditor’s report. However, future events or conditions 
may cause the Group to cease to continue as a going concern.

•  Evaluate the overall presentation, structure and content of the financial statements, including the disclosures, and whether the 

financial statements represent the underlying transactions and events in a manner that achieves fair presentation.

•  Obtain sufficient appropriate audit evidence regarding the financial information of the entities or business activities within the 

Group to express an opinion on the financial statements. We are responsible for the direction, supervision and performance of the 
Group audit. We remain solely responsible for our audit opinion.

We communicate with those charged with governance regarding, among other matters, the planned scope and timing of the audit and 
significant audit findings, including any significant deficiencies in internal control that we identify during our audit.

We also provide those charged with governance with a statement that we have complied with relevant ethical requirements regarding 
independence,  and  communicate  with  them  all  relationships  and  other  matters  that  may  reasonably  be  thought  to  bear  on  our 
independence, and where applicable, related safeguards.

From the matters communicated with those charged with governance, we determine those matters that were of most significance in the 
audit of the financial statements for the current period and are therefore the key audit matters.

We  describe  these  matters  in  our  auditor’s  report  unless  law  or  regulations  preclude  public  disclosure  about  the  matter  or  when,  in 
extremely rare circumstances, we determine that a matter should not be communicated in our report because the adverse consequences 
of doing so would reasonably be expected to outweigh the public interest benefits of such communication.

128

129

OVERVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCE STATEMENTFINANCIALSTATEMENTSPERFORMANCE REVIEWREMUNERATION REPORTSHAREHOLDERINFORMATIONANNUAL REPORT 2023 
 
This page has been intentionally left blank.

Report on other legal and regulatory requirements
The Companies Act 1997 requires that in carrying out our audit we consider and report on the following matters. We confirm in relation 
to our audit of the financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2023:

•  We have obtained all the information and explanations that we have required;

• 

In our opinion, proper accounting records have been kept by the Bank as far as appears from an examination of those records.

Who we report to
This report is made solely to the Bank’s shareholders, as a body, in accordance with the Companies Act 1997. Our audit work has been 
undertaken so that we might state to the Bank’s shareholders those matters which we are required to state to them in an auditor’s report 
and for no other purpose. We do not accept or assume responsibility to anyone other than the Bank and the Bank’s shareholders, as a body, 
for our audit work, for this report or for the opinions we have formed.

PricewaterhouseCoopers

Peter Buchholz
Partner
Registered under the Accountants Act 1996

Port Moresby
21 February 2024

130

131

OVERVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCE STATEMENTFINANCIALSTATEMENTSPERFORMANCE REVIEWREMUNERATION REPORTSHAREHOLDERINFORMATIONANNUAL REPORT 2023Shareholder
Information

Rights attaching to 
Ordinary Shares

The rights attaching to shares are set out in the BSP Financial 
Group Limited’s Constitution and in certain circumstances, are 
regulated by the Companies Act 1997, the PNGX Listing Rules 
and ASX Listing Rules (collectively Listing Rules), and general 
law. There is only one class of share.

All shares have equal rights.

Other rights attached to ordinary shares include:

General meeting and notices

Each member is entitled to receive notice of, and to attend and 
vote at, general meetings of BSP and to receive all notices, 
accounts and other documents required to be sent to members 
under BSP’s constitution, the Companies Act or the Listing 
Rules.

Voting rights

At a general meeting of shareholders, every holder of fully 
paid ordinary shares present in person or by an attorney, 
representative or proxy has one vote on a show of hands 
(unless a member has appointed two proxies) and one vote per 
share on a poll.

A person who holds a share, which is not fully paid is entitled, 
on a poll, to a fraction of a vote equal to the proportion which 
the amount paid bears to the total issue price of the share.

Where there are two or more joint holders of a share and more 
than one of them is present at a meeting and tenders a vote in 
respect of the share, the Company will count only the vote cast 
by the member whose name appears first in BSP’s register of 
members.

Issues of further shares

The Directors may, on behalf of BSP, issue, grant options over, 
or otherwise dispose of unissued shares to any person on 
the terms, with the rights, and at the times that the Directors 
decide. However, the Directors must act in accordance with the 
restrictions imposed by BSP’s constitution, the Listing Rules, 
the Companies Act and any rights for the time being attached 
to the shares in any special class of those shares.

Variation of rights

Unless otherwise provided by BSP’s constitution or by the 
terms of issue of a class of shares, the rights attached to the 
shares in any class of shares may be varied or cancelled only 
with the written consent of the holders of at least three-quarters 
of the issued shares of that class, or by special resolution 
passed at a separate meeting of the holders of the issued 
shares of the affected class.

Transfer of shares

Subject to BSP’s constitution, the Companies Act, and the 
Listing Rules, ordinary shares are freely transferable.

The shares may be transferred by a proper transfer effected in 
accordance with the PNGX Business Rules, ASX Settlement 
Operating Rules, or by any other method of transferring or 
dealing with shares introduced by PNGX and ASX, and as 
otherwise permitted by the Companies Act or by a written 
instrument of transfer in any usual form or in any other form 
approved by either the Directors, PNGX or ASX that is 
permitted by the Companies Act.

The Directors may decline to register a transfer of shares 
(other than a proper transfer in accordance with the PNGX 
Business Rules, or ASX Settlement Operating Rules), where 
permitted to do so under the Listing Rules, or the transfer 
would be in contravention of the law. If the Directors decline to 
register a transfer, BSP must give notice in accordance with the 
Companies Act and the Listing Rules, give the party lodging the 
transfer written notice of the refusal and the reason for refusal. 
The Directors must decline to register a transfer of shares when 
required by law, by the Listing Rules, by the PNGX Business 
Rules, or by the ASX Settlement Operating Rules.

Partly paid shares

The Directors may, subject to compliance with BSP’s 
constitution, the Companies Act and the Listing Rules, issue 
partly paid shares upon which there are outstanding amounts 
payable. These shares will have limited rights to vote and to 
receive dividends.

Dividends

DIRECTORS

OFFICERS’ INDEMNITIES

BSP, to the extent permitted by law, 
indemnifies every officer of BSP (and 
may indemnify any auditor of BSP) 
against any liability incurred by the 
person, in the relevant capacity, to 
another person unless the liability arises 
out of conduct involving lack of good 
faith. BSP may also make a payment in 
relation to legal costs incurred by these 
persons in defending an action for a 
liability, or resisting or responding to 
actions taken by a government agency or 
a liquidator. 

The Directors may from time to time 
determine dividends to be distributed to 
members according to their rights and 
interests.

BSP’s Constitution states that the 
minimum number of directors is three 
and the maximum is ten.

The Directors may fix the time for 
distribution and the methods of 
distribution. Subject to the terms of issue 
of shares, each share in a class of shares 
in respect of which a dividend has been 
declared will be equally divided. Each 
share carries the right to participate in 
the dividend in the same proportion that 
the amount for the time being paid on 
the share (excluding any amount paid in 
advance of calls) bears to the total issue 
price of the share.

Dividend payouts over the last ten years 
are disclosed in the Performance Review 
section of this Annual Report.

Liquidation

Subject to the terms of issue of shares, 
upon liquidation assets will be distributed 
such that the amount distributed to a 
shareholder in respect of each share is 
equal. If there are insufficient assets to 
repay the paid-up capital, the amount 
distributed is to be proportional to the 
amount paid-up.

APPOINTMENT OF DIRECTORS

Directors are elected by the shareholders 
in general meeting for a term of three 
years. At each general meeting, one 
third of the number of directors (or if that 
number is not a whole number, the next 
lowest whole number) retire by rotation. 
The Board has the power to fill casual 
vacancies on the Board, but a director so 
appointed must retire at the next annual 
meeting.

POWERS OF THE BOARD

Except otherwise required by the 
Companies Act, any other law, the 
Listing Rules or BSP’s constitution, the 
Directors have the power to manage the 
business of BSP and may exercise every 
right, power or capacity of BSP to the 
exclusion of the members.

SHARE BUY BACKS

Subject to the provisions of the 
Companies Act and the Listing Rules, 
BSP may buy back shares by itself on 
terms and at times determined by the 
Directors.

132

133

OVERVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCE STATEMENTFINANCIALSTATEMENTSPERFORMANCE REVIEWREMUNERATION REPORTSHAREHOLDERINFORMATIONANNUAL REPORT 2023Top 20 Shareholders

Unmarketable Parcels

As at 31 December 2023, the twenty largest fully paid shareholders of the Company were:

Rank

Shareholder

Total Holding

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

Kumul Consolidated Holdings

Nambawan Super Limited

Petroleum Resources Kutubu Limited

The Fiji National Provident Fund

National Superannuation Fund Limited

Credit Corporation (PNG) Limited 

Motor Vehicles Insurance Limited

Comrade Trustee Services Limited

The Catholic Bishops  Conference Inc

Capital Nominees Limited

Samoa National Provident Fund

Lamin Trust Fund

Kina Nominees Limited

Mineral Resources Ok Tedi No 2 Limited

Unit Trust Of Samoa (Trust)

Sky Finance Limited

Mineral Resources Star Mountains 

Solomon Islands National Provident Fund

Gas Resources Gigira Limited

Nominees Niugini Limited

84,811,597 

 47,702,160

46,153,840 

 46,040,545 

45,318,417 

 36,294,081 

31,243,736 

12,456,052 

11,620,000 

7,714,312 

4,451,940 

3,653,700 

3,519,847 

3,496,449 

3,291,061 

3,053,090 

2,628,373 

2,500,001 

2,392,853 

2,369,495

%

18.15%

10.21%

9.88%

9.85%

9.70%

7.77%

6.69%

2.67%

2.49%

1.65%

0.95%

0.78%

0.75%

0.75%

0.70%

0.65%

0.56%

0.54%

0.51%

0.51%

As at 31 December 2023, the BSP Share Price was K13.70 on the PNGX and A$5.42 on the ASX. There were 326 shareholders 
(less than 0.01% of total shareholdings) who held less than a marketable parcel of BSP shares, being equal to K1,000, or less in 
market value.

Escrow Shares

As of 31st December 2023, there were 130,465,437 restricted BSP shares held by PNG Registries Limited in Escrow.

Shareholder Name

Security Type

Escrow Shares 

Effective Date

Kumul Consolidated Holdings

Fully Paid Ordinary Shares

Kumul Consolidated Holdings

Fully Paid Ordinary Shares

Petroleum Resources Kutubu Limited

Fully Paid Ordinary Shares

Total Escrow Shares

40,540,541 

43,771,056 

46,153,840 

130,465,437 

6/04/2018

6/04/2018

18/11/2016

Directors' Interest in Share of BSP

Directors’ who hold shares in BSP are:

Director

Ian Tarutia

Shares Held

3,000

Percentage of 
Issued Capital

0.00%

Other Shareholders

66,508,430

14.24%

TOTAL

467,219,979

Fair treatment of shareholders

Distribution of Shareholding

As at 31 December 2023, the Company had 6,165 shareholders. The distribution of shareholding is as follows:

Range

1 to 1,000

1,001 to 5,000

5,001 to 10,000

10,001 to 100,000

100,001 and over

Total

134

Number of Security 
 Holders

Percentage of 
Security Holders

Number of  
Securities

Percentage of 
Issued Capital

4,924 

735 

134 

236 

136 

6,165 

79.8%

11.9%

2.2%

3.9%

2.2%

1,302,091 

1,609,624 

1,005,929 

8,864,016 

454,438,319 

467,219,979 

0.3%

0.3%

0.2%

1.9%

97.3%

The company has made every effort to ensure the equitable treatment of shareholders to the best of its ability and in line with what 
is required by relevant laws, rules, and regulations. 

135

OVERVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCE STATEMENTFINANCIALSTATEMENTSPERFORMANCE REVIEWREMUNERATION REPORTSHAREHOLDERINFORMATIONANNUAL REPORT 2023Directors' Interests

No Director

Background

1 Robert 

Bradshaw.

Chairman, Non 
– Executive 
Director since 
2017. 

Appointed 
Chairman 
February 2023

Robert Bradshaw was appointed to the BSP Board 
in September 2017 and served as Chair of the 
Remuneration and Nominations Committee from 2019 
until his appointment as Board Chair in February 2023.

Mr. Bradshaw holds a Bachelor of Laws (with Honours, 
First Class) from the University of Papua New Guinea 
and has practiced law for almost 30 years. He was 
formerly a Partner in the firm Blake Dawson Waldron 
(now Ashurst) and commenced practice on his own, 
as Bradshaw Lawyers in 2005. Mr. Bradshaw has been 
involved in different areas of law, particularly in resource 
development, industrial relations, banking and finance 
and commercial litigation.

Directorships 
& Interests

Director

Entity

BSP Financial Group Limited
Koitaki CC Limited
Wahgi Arabicas Limited

Shareholder

Koitaki CC Limited
Wahgi Arabicas Limited

Owner

Waghi Valley Country Club 
The Kofi Club 
Koitaki Country Club 
Bradshaw Lawyers

Papua New Guinea Law Society 
Australian Institute of Company 
Directors 
Papua New Guinea Institute of 
Directors

BSP Financial Group Limited
Rangiora Capital Management 
Limited
Invicta Capital Partners Limited
BSP Life (Fiji) Limited
BSP Finance (Fiji) Pte Limited 
Bank South Pacific (Samoa) Limited

Activegraf Inc

Army & Navy Club (London)
University Club (New York)
Oriental Club (London)
Christchurch Club 
Institute of Directors (UK)

BSP Financial Group Limited
Solvar Limited
Mercurien Pty Limited

Mr. Bradshaw has served as a Director and Chair on the 
board of several other companies.

Member

2 Mark Robinson 

Group Chief 
Executive Officer 
& Managing 
Director. 

Executive 
Director 
commencing 
March 2023

Mark T. Robinson was appointed BSP’s Group CEO 
in November 2022 and commenced in March 2023. 
He is a senior financial executive with over 30 years’ of 
experience in developed and emerging markets. 

Director

Mr. Robinson’s previous roles include CEO of 
Commercial Bank International in the United Arab 
Emirates, CEO of ANZ Banking Group’s operations 
in Southeast Asia, and he has held numerous senior 
executive roles with Citibank including in India, Russia, 
Turkey and Hungary. 

He has a Bachelor of Arts from the University of Chicago 
and a Master of Business Administration from the 
University of Chicago’s Booth School of Business 
Administration from the University of Chicago’s Booth 
School of Business.

Advisory Board  
Member

Member

Symon Brewis-
Weston, BEcon, 
MAppFin

Non-Executive 
Director.

Director since 
April 2021

Symon Brewis-Weston was appointed to the BSP 
Board in April 2021 and is a member of BSP's Board 
Risk Committee and Remuneration and Nominations 
Committee. Mr. Brewis-Weston has extensive international 
experience in financial services and a deep understanding 
of consumer and business markets in the Asia Pacific 
region. 

Director

Mr. Brewis-Weston was formerly CEO & Executive Director 
at Humm Group Ltd  (2016-2018) , Executive General 
Manager - Corporate Financial Services at Commonwealth 
Bank of Australia (CBA) and Chief Executive Officer at 
Sovereign Assurance Co. Ltd (NZ), a subsidiary of CBA. 
Symon also served as Chairman of Stockco Ltd, an 
Australian livestock financier from 2019-2022.

Mr. Brewis-Weston held various senior leadership positions 
at CBA for 15 years. He spent 6 years leading CBA’s 
Indonesia operations and also in China developing the 
company’s Chinese banking strategy. In 2015, Mr. Brewis-
Weston received the United Nation’s Global CEO Women 
Empowerment Principle’s Leadership Award for his 
contribution to the enhancement of diversity and women’s 
empowerment in the workplace.
Mr. Brewis-Weston holds a Bachelor of Economics (Hons) 
and a Master of Applied Finance from Macquarie University.

3

136

No Director

Background

Directorships 
& Interests

Entity

Faamausili Dr. 
Matagialofi 
Lua’iufi, BA, 
MSc, PhD

Non-Executive 
Director. 

Director since 
December 2016

Stuart Davis, 
LLB, GAICD

Non-Executive 
Director. 

Director since 
August 2017

4

5

Faamausili Dr. Matagialofi Lua’iufi was appointed 
to the Board of BSP in December 2016 and is 
currently Chair of the Remuneration and Nominations 
Committee (RNC). 

Director

BSP Financial Group Limited
BSP Finance Ltd
Bank South Pacific (Samoa) Limited
Paradise Consulting

Shareholder

Paradise Consulting

Member

Samoa Institute of Directors
Samoa Human Resource Institute 
Australian Institute of Company 
Directors
Papua New Guinea Institute of 
Directors

An experienced public sector practitioner and 
consultant, Faamausili Dr. Lua’iufi holds a PhD in 
Management, a Masters in Management Sciences 
and a Bachelor of Arts in Sociology and Political 
Science. Prior to establishing her own consultancy 
firm in late 2008, Faamausili Dr. Lua’iufi worked in 
the Samoa Public Service Commission Office for 25 
years, with almost 12 of those years in the role of CEO. 
Under her stewardship, the Samoa Public Service 
undertook various change management programs to 
improve service delivery.

Faamausili Dr. Lua’iufi served in many Government 
state owned enterprise boards in her capacity as CEO 
of the Samoa Public Service Commission. Since 
becoming a consultant in late 2008, Faamausili Dr. 
Lua’iufi has performed more than 50 consultancy 
assignments in the domains of Human Resources 
Management, Organizational Development, 
Performance Management and Governance.

Faamausili Dr. Lua’iufi is a member of the Australian 
Institute of Company Directors, member of the Papua 
New Guinea Institute of Directors, Samoa Institute 
of Directors and Samoa Human Resource Institute. 
From 2007 to 2012, Faamausili Dr. Lua’iufi was the 
Pacific Residential Scholar of the Australia New 
Zealand School of Government and was responsible 
for the development of emerging young Pacific public 
sector leaders. 

Stuart Davis was appointed to the BSP Board in 
August 2017 and is currently Chair of the Board Risk 
Committee (BRC) and a member of the Board Audit 
and Compliance Committee.

Director

BSP Financial Group Limited
Next DC Limited
PayPal Australia Pty Limited
Appen Limited

Member

Australia India Business Council

Avondale Golf Club

Asia Society Australia

Papua New Guinea Institute of 
Directors

Mr. Davis is also currently a Non-Executive director of 
ASX 100 company NextDC Ltd, where he serves as 
Chair of its Remuneration Committee and a member 
of its Audit and Risk Committee. He is also a Non-
Executive Director of Appen Limited and PayPal 
Australia Ltd where he is Chair of its Risk Committee.

Mr. Davis previously was CEO of HSBC Bank in India 
from 2009 to 2012, one of the largest foreign banks in 
India with staff of 8,000 and pretax earnings in excess 
of USD800 million. Prior to that appointment, he was 
CEO of HSBC Bank in Australia from 2002 to 2009 and 
CEO of HSBC in Taiwan from 1999 to 2002, having 
joined the HSBC Group in 1981.

Mr. Davis previously served as a member of the 
Australian Bankers Association from 2003 to 2009, 
being Deputy Chair from 2006 to 2009, was Chair of 
the British India Chamber of Commerce in Mumbai 
and Chair of the Taiwan British Chamber of Commerce 
in Taipei. He holds a Bachelor of Law Degree from 
the University of Adelaide and is a Graduate of the 
Australian Institute of Company Directors.

137

OVERVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCE STATEMENTFINANCIALSTATEMENTSPERFORMANCE REVIEWREMUNERATION REPORTSHAREHOLDERINFORMATIONANNUAL REPORT 2023 
 
 
 
 
Board of Directors

No Director

Background

6

Patricia Taureka-
Seruvatu, LLB, 
MAICD

Non-Executive 
Director. 

Director since 
April 2020

Mrs. Patricia Taureka-Seruvatu is a Lawyer by 
profession, admitted to practice law in Papua New 
Guinea (PNG) in 1988. Mrs. Taureka-Seruvatu holds 
a Bachelor of Laws from the University of PNG. She 
was appointed to Board in April 2022 and currently 
serves as a member of the Board Audit and Compliance 
Committee and the Remuneration and Nominations 
Committee. 

Directorships 
& Interests

Director

BSP Financial Group Limited
Naita Designs and Management 
Services Limited

Shareholder

Naita Designs and Management 
Services Limited

7

Frank Bouraga, 
CPA, MAICD

Non-Executive 
Director. 

Director since 
December 2020

Mrs Taureka-Seruvatu has over 30 years’ experience 
in the legal, superannuation, property, commercial and 
corporate services in PNG. She is a member of the 
Papua New Guinea Institute of Company Directors and 
the Australian Institute of Company Directors.

Member

She is currently employed as the General Counsel & 
Company Secretary for Dirio Gas & Power Company 
Limited. Prior to this, Mrs. Taureka Seruvatu previously 
served as Company Secretary for Nambawan Super 
Limited from 2001 to 2019.

Frank Bouraga was appointed to the BSP Board in 
December 2020. Since his appointment to the Board, 
he has joined as a Member of the Board Audit and 
Compliance Committee.

Director

Mr. Bouraga is a CPA Papua New Guinea qualified 
professional accountant with over 26 years in accounting 
practice and is currently a partner in Assurance and 
Business Advisory Services with SBC Solutions. Prior to 
SBC Solutions, Mr. Bouraga was the Country Managing 
Partner for Ernst & Young Papua New Guinea for 5 years 
as an audit and business advisory services partner. He 
also worked with PricewaterhouseCoopers for over 
7 years and worked with Star Business Consultants 
between 2004 and 2011.

Mr. Bouraga is also a director of the PNG Cancer 
Foundation and the PNG Hunters, and is a member of 
Certified Practicing Accountants (CPA PNG) and the 
Australian Institute of Company Directors (AICD). He 
holds a Bachelor of Business (Accounting) from Central 
Queensland University.

Papua New Guinea Law Society
Papua New Guinea Women 
Lawyers’ Association
Papua New Guinea Institute of 
Directors
Australian Institute of Company 
Directors

BSP Financial Group Limited
Inside Out Limited
Star Management Services 
Limited
Star No.57 Limited
PNG Hunters Rugby Football Club 
Inc. Board
Papua New Guinea Cancer 
Foundation Inc
Pacific Uniforms Limited

Shareholder

Inside Out Limited

Member

Star Management Services 
Limited

Lalokau FM Limited

Star No.57 Limited

Certified Practicing Accountants 
Papua New Guinea (CPA PNG)
Accounting Registration Board of 
PNG
Australian Institute of Company 
Directors
Papua New Guinea Institute of 
Directors

Entity

No

Director

Background

Directorships 
& Interests

Entity

8

Arthur Sam, 
BComm, CPA, 
GAICD

Non-Executive 
Director. 

Director since July 
2016

Arthur Sam was appointed to the BSP 
Board in July 2016 and served on the Board 
until his resignation on 29 February 2024.  
Prior to his resignation, Mr. Sam was the 
Chair of the Board Audit and Compliance 
Committee and also a member of the Board 
Risk Committee.

Director

Mr. Sam is a qualified accountant registered 
under CPA Papua New Guinea and has 
been in professional practice for over 26 
years. He is the Audit and Managing Partner 
of Sam Kiak Tubangliu Certified Practicing 
Accountants. Before going into private 
practice, Mr. Sam spent over 15 years 
working for global accounting firms in senior 
roles specializing in external and internal 
audit and risk management.   

He holds a Bachelor of Commerce from 
the University of Papua New Guinea, and 
is a Graduate of the Australian Institute of 
Company Directors. 

Prior to joining the Board of BSP, he served 
on the National Superannuation Fund 
Limited’s Board Audit and Risk Committee 
and is a serving member of the Papua New 
Guinea Accountants Registration Board. 
In 2021, Mr. Sam was appointed Chair of 
Muyua Dal Ltd to represent the landowner 
interest in the Woodlark Gold Project in 
Milne Bay Province.

Shareholder

BSP Financial Group Limited
Silver Dawn Holding Limited
WAM Shipping Limited
Milne Bay Earthworks Limited
Muyua Dal Limited
Nikubai Kwayeb Investment Limited
Nikubai Udanai Investment Limited
Nikwasis Ukwadew Investment Limited
Sinawia Omalak Investment Limited
Dawet Investment Limited
Kumuluw Walau Investment Limited
Kunutan Botunug Investment Limited
Kunutan Saweinak Investment Limited
Lakeidog Latnawai Investment Limited
Lakeidog Mwatat Investment Limited
Malas Dilgabuys Investment Limited
Malas Luwau Investment Limited

Silver Dawn Holding Limited
Milne Bay Earthworks Limited
Nikubai Kwayeb Investment Limited
Nikubai Udanai Investment Limited
Nikwasis Ukwadew Investment Limited
Sinawia Omalak Investment Limited
Kumuluw Walau Investment Limited
Kunutan Botunug Investment Limited
Kunutan Saweinak Investment Limited
Lakeidog Latnawai Investment Limited
Lakeidog Mwatat Investment Limited
Malas Dilgabuys Investment Limited
Malas Luwau Investment Limited

Joint Owner

Sam Kiak Tubangliu Certified Practising 
Accountants

Member

Certified Practicing Accountants of Papua 
New Guinea
Papua New Guinea Institute of Directors

138

139

OVERVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCE STATEMENTFINANCIALSTATEMENTSPERFORMANCE REVIEWREMUNERATION REPORTSHAREHOLDERINFORMATIONANNUAL REPORT 2023 
 
Directorships 
& Interests

Director

Entity

BSP Financial Group Limited
In4net Ltd

Registered Office 
BSP Waigani Head Office 
Section 34, Allotment 6 & 7 
Klinki Street, Waigani Drive 
Port Moresby, NCD 
Papua New Guinea

PO Box 78 
Port Moresby, NCD 
Papua New Guinea

PNG Exchange for BSP Shares 
PNGX Markets Limited 
Office 2, Level 1, Monian Tower 
Douglas Street, 
Port Moresby, NCD 
Papua New Guinea

PO Box 1531 
Port Moresby, NCD 
Papua New Guinea

PNG Share Registry 
PNG Registries Limited 
Level 4, Cuthbertson House 
Cuthbertson Street, 
Port Moresby, NCD 
Papua New Guinea

PO Box 1265 
Port Moresby, NCD 
Papua New Guinea

Shareholder

In4net Ltd

Telephone: +675 320 1212

Telephone: +675 320 1980

Telephone: +675 321 6377

Board/Council 
Member

PNG Institute of National 
Affairs Council
PNG University of Technology 
Industrial Advisory Board

Australian Registered Office 
Ashurst 
South Tower 
Level 16, 80 Collins Street, 
Melbourne, Victoria 3000 
Australia 

Telephone: +61 3 9679 3000

Australian Exchange for BSP Shares 
ASX Limited 
Exchange Centre 
20 Bridge Street, 
Sydney, NSW 2000 
Australia

Telephone: +61 2 8298 8260

Australian Share Registry 
Link Market Services Limited 
World Square

Level 12, 680 George Street, 
Sydney, NSW 2000 
Australia

Telephone: +61 1300 554 474

Exchange & Registry for BSP Convertible Notes 
South Pacific Stock Exchange & Central Share Registry

Shop 1 & 11, Sabrina Building 
Victoria Parade, Suva 
Fiji

GPO Box 11689 
Suva, Fiji

Telephone: +679 330 4130

Board of Directors

No Director

Background

9

Priscilla Kevin, 
BSCS, MAICD

Non-Executive 
Director. 

Director since April 
2020

10

Ian Tarutia, OBE, 
FAICD, FPNGID

Non-Executive 
Director. 

Director since April 
2023

Priscilla Kevin was appointed to the BSP Board in April 
2020. Since her appointment to the Board she has joined 
as a Member of the Board Risk Committee and was 
previously a member of the Remuneration & Nominations 
Committee from April 2020 to April 2023.

Ms. Kevin is an IT professional and entrepreneur 
specialising in Enterprise Resource Planning (ERP) 
Support Advisory. Ms. Kevin has over 20 years ICT 
industry experience providing ICT consultancy and 
support to a range of businesses as well as government 
bodies. Since 2018, Ms. Kevin served as an Independent 
Committee Member of the BSP Board Risk Committee. 

Ms. Kevin is a board member of PNG Digital ICT Cluster 
Inc. and a member of the PNG University of Technology’s 
Industrial Advisory Board (IAB). Ms. Kevin is also a 
working group committee member of the Centre of 
Excellence for Financial Inclusion and is a Council 
Member of the Institute of National Affairs (INA).

She holds a Bachelor of Science in Computer Science 
from the PNG University of Technology, is an ICANN 
fellow and an alumni of the U.S IVLP and East West Center 
Schidler College of Business Changing Faces. Ms Kevin 
also serves as a non-executive director on the board of 
BSP Finance (Fiji) Pte Limited since her appointment 
in 2022 and is a member of the Australian Institute of 
Company Directors (AICD).

Member

Mr. Tarutia was appointed a Director in April 2023 and 
currently serves as a member of both the Board Audit and 
Compliance Committee and the Board Risk Committee.

Director

Mr Tarutia is an experienced corporate executive for over 
25 years with a strong back ground in superannuation, 
finance, banking, investments, governance and strategic 
management. He is also an experienced board room 
director with over 18 years’ experience on various public 
and private sector Boards in PNG, Australia and the Pacific 
region. He was CEO of National Superannuation Fund 
of Papua New Guinea (Nasfund) for 15 years from July 
2007 until he retired on the 31 March 2023 and established 
NCSL in 2003 for Nasfund members which is the largest 
savings & loan society in the Pacific today by membership 
size. Today he runs his consultancy practice and is the 
current President of the Papua New Guinea Chamber 
of Commerce & Industry. He is a former President of 
the Papua New Guinea Institute of Directors and former 
Chairman of the Pacific Islands Investment Forum, an 
organization of superannuation funds in the Pacific and 
New Zealand. 

Mr. Tarutia holds both a Bachelor of Business Economics 
and Master of Business Administration from the University 
of Papua New Guinea. He is a graduate of the Australian 
Institute of Company Directors and holds a Diploma in 
Financial Markets from the Securities Institute of Australia 
and a Diploma in Economic Policy Analysis from the 
PNG National Research Institute. He is also a graduate 
of the prestigious Harvard Business School Advanced 
Management Program (AMP 185) and is a Fellow of the 
Australian Institute of Company Directors and a Fellow of 
the Papua New Guinea Institute of Directors.

PNG Digital Information and 
Communications Technology 
(ICT) Cluster Inc.
PNG Women in Science, 
Technology, Engineering and 
Mathematics Association Inc.
PNG Computer Society Inc.
Centre of Excellence for 
Financial Inclusion (CEFI) 
Digital Financial Services 
Working Group Committee
Australian Institute of Company 
Directors
PNG Institute of Directors
Pacific Islands Chapter of the 
Internet Society

BSP Financial Group Limited
Kumul Consolidated Holdings 
Limited
NASFUND Contributors 
Savings & Loans Society
CloudApp Laboratories Limited
Save the Children Australia
Immigration & Citizenship 
Authority Board
National Broadcasting 
Corporation Limited

Shareholder

BSP

Board / Council 
Member

Seychelles Limited

PNG Chamber of Commerce & 
Industry
Association of Superannuation 
Funds of PNG
Pacific Islands Investment 
Forum

140

141

OVERVIEWCORPORATE GOVERNANCE STATEMENTFINANCIALSTATEMENTSPERFORMANCE REVIEWREMUNERATION REPORTSHAREHOLDERINFORMATIONANNUAL REPORT 2023 
 
 
 
 
Honouring 
the Legacy 

Late Sir Kostas G. Constantinou, OBE 
1957-2023

In memoriam of the late Sir Kostas 
Constantinou, we honour a distinguished 
leader and philanthropist, who passed away 
on June 17 2023 in Brisbane, Australia, at 
the age of 66. Throughout his distinguished 
career, late Sir Kostas exemplified a 
remarkable entrepreneurial spirit and 
steadfast dedication to empowering the 
community. 

The health and firm foundation that BSP has 
today, is reflective of his strong thoughtful 
leadership. During his tenure as BSP’s 
Chairman, BSP achieved many significant 

milestones. These milestones include, the 
expansion of BSP’s banking operations 
in several Pacific countries, establishing 
a new life insurance business in Papua 
New Guinea, and BSP’s dual listing on the 
Australian Securities Exchange (ASX) in 
2021. 

Furthermore, the late Sir Kostas was 
committed to giving back to the community 
and made significant contributions to the 
development of Papua New Guinea through 
his business acumen, and promoted 

corporate social responsibility and 
philanthropy. 

The BSP Board, employees, shareholders 
and communities we operate in, are 
immensely grateful to late Sir Kostas for his 
mentorship, friendship and commitment. His 
legacy will continue to inspire and guide us, 
as we navigate the ever-evolving business 
landscape with integrity and purpose. 

God bless you and your family. Rest in 
Eternal Peace.

142

Corporate Directory

Head Office 
BSP Financial Group Limited 
Waigani Head Office

Section 34, Allotment 6&7, Klinki Street, Waigani Drive
PO Box 78, Port Moresby, NCD, Papua New Guinea

Email 
servicebsp@bsp.com.pg 

Telephone 
(+675) 320 1212

Website 
www.bsp.com.pg

Fiji 

Level 12, BSP Suva Central Building 
Corner of Renwick Road & Pratt Street, 
Suva, Fiji 

Telephone 
 (+679) 132 888 (within Fiji) 
(+679) 321 4300 (outside Fiji)

Solomon Islands 

Level 2, Heritage Park Head Office 
Mendana Avenue

PO Box 37, Honiara, 
 Solomon Islands

Telephone 
 (+677) 21874 

Samoa  

Main Branch, 
Beach Road

PO Box 1860, Apia, 
Samoa

Telephone 
 (+685) 66100

BSP Life Fiji

Level 7 BSP Life Centre, Thomson Street, 
Suva, Fiji

Telephone 
(+679) 132 700 

Vanuatu 

Port Vila Branch,  
Kumul Highway

PO Box 32, Port Vila, Vanuatu

Telephone  
(+678) 22084

Tonga  

Nuku'alofa Branch, Taufa'ahau Road  

PO Box 924, Nuku’alofa, Tonga

Telephone 
(+678) 22084

Cook Islands 

Rarotonga Branch, 
 Main Road Avarua

PO Box 42, Rarotonga, Cook Islands

Telephone 
 (+682) 22014   

BSP Life PNG  

Level 2, Waigani Banking Centre

PO Box 78, Port Moresby, National Capital 
District, Papua New Guinea.

Telephone 
(+675) 3056214

BSP Convertible Notes Limited

Level 12, BSP Suva Central Building,  
Corner of Renwick Road & Pratt Street,  
Suva, Fiji

Telephone 
 (+679) 321 4412

ANNUAL REPORT 2023 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
OUR BANK. OUR PEOPLE.

Annual Report 2023

Our Bank. Our People.

www.bsp.com.pg